Gospel Echoes PDF

'
^$^0^®^**^
A^
y IS* ,,,-
/
JAMES D. VAUGHAN
MUSIC PUBLISHER
LAWRENCEBURG. TENN.
^JKi
My Guiding Light
D. H. David Huntley
S" tt_ #
-H -
-fl -1 —j "-_.
t - ^ V
1
- 1
--
1
1. As 1 trav- el on my way to the land of per -feet day, There's a

2. Oh, that snin-ingheav'nly light, beaming forth in full-ness bright,Fills my
3. When this life on earth is o'er, and I reach the oth - ershore,Still the
^ _J
IN
t—W- - F —-V— — -»-

*-
3
"I_
. _az:gtzji |azx izqszz a zzzatzzIszziiz: 3Ef£ :p

/ V /" V > > I
-A-
1
' .
^
'J
-'
-- - - - -- --
light that lead -ing me,lead-ing me; It
is will guide me all the way
soul witn a joy di -vine, joy di -vine; Bless- ed light of God's own love,
ligbtthere will shine for me, shine for me; In its pre -cious glo - rv ravs
>. >. *- >-
A— —
^z:zzz=5=z:^
~t — k=k — k~p — i—
1
1
— — 1
t_tff=_p_ «zz:*_ir-
A
=5=z:n = z=t=tAZ=rz=»z=A:=i=zzaz:l-i=rlsz=:^=:!i=z"izz
rA A g
'
A
-
A
-
/ / > >
i- -ft—*.
Jtz=*zzpi— :|— Izn I zz M — aj—
:
and will nev - er let me stray, And some day the land of glo - rv I II
com-ing from the throne a -bove,fn my heart with golden glo - ry doth
I shall lift a song of praise,Un - to Christ, my light for ev • - er to
is
o _-. '.mi 5-_ _-.. -.
I
' -r»- -i» -
W
-
P i»- • >-
—A
4-rtk- -£ it'
-9— A£= Ap~ ami— i-d I I
=z=z==pz=p-:t=d
D. S. Lead-ing up -ward to that beau- ti - ful
Fine Chorus.
!&=* . = z=z=f-- i =Lq== ==z==zb=^pî=:z==z=i=ji=i=q
~~~\~*'
'J
# _r # —_ « —— r
(
—_,
r 1
n
see, I shall see. There s light, bless-ed light, From the

shine, it doth shine,
be, e'er to be. Light 1 see, light for me,
•
IN is
i -A=
home, hap- py home.
D.S.
way I nev- er shall roam, ne'er shall roam;There's a light, guid-ing light.
Light so bright, guid-ing lieht,
1 L_"i 1
A-r-A — A-— A pt-^t—5 rA^ W "A—
1 p p 1
Copyright. 1949. by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'*

1
FOR
Singing- Schools, Singing Conventions, Etc.
AUTHORS
G. Kieffer Vaughan Adger M. Pace W. B. AValbert
Chas. W. Vaughan James D. Walbert Rev. Rupert Cravens

Jesse B. Hardin Byron Faust Woodrow Sides
B. White
F. J.' E. Marsh Mrs. Jesse B. Hardin
John M. Dye W. S. Tidwell J. Monroe Mobbs
L. O. Brock John E. Hull Grady Thomas
J. C. Cooper C. E. DeWeese Perkin Meador
L. C. Higdon Elwood Denson Rev. J. W. Gladney
J. M. Dixon Floyd Golden W. C. Woodward
E. R. Ward Ross B. Shelton Will L. Matthews
E. F. Purvis Herbert E. Pace Willie Willmurth
Ray Griggs Olen S. Payte Roy L. Johnson
W. B. Hughes Gaskill Warren Walter C. Caster
J. F. Durden Minzo C. Jones J. O. Townsend
Marie Trivette Ross F. Chambers Wayne Swofford
G. D. McNair A. R. Hendon Edgar W. O'Dell
T. O. Atkins Roy Davis Paul B. Collins
Curtis Taylor Buford Thigpen L. H. Patterson
C. D. Keith Amos A. Hurt Robert L. Johnston
Fred Rich Silas L. Harness
Lee M. York James W. Poole
Alvin Story Benton McDaniel
U. S. Lindsey Dr. H. H. Martin
Oakley Sharpe J. Porter Thomason
Doyle Hawkins Mrs. Benton McDaniel
A. B. Taylor J. Clifton West
J. W. Watson Sherrill Brown
C. C. Calvert Harrison Hack
Ranee Barkley Harvey A. Lewis
Charley Gray David Huntley
Jimmye Boyd Darius Green
John H. Holt George W. Rambo
PRICES:
35c a Copy; $3.60 a Dozen; $13.00 for 50; $25.00 a 100, postpaid
anywhere in the U.S.A. Shaped Notes Only. Manila Binding.
JAMES D. VAUGHAN
MUSIC PUBLISHER
LAWRENCEBURG, TENNESSEE
Copyright, 1949, by JAMES D. VAUGHAN, Music Publisher
=•
That's Why Shout and I Sing
W. B. Walbert •
W. C. Woodward
4—
•— -D-
-i
*
W-
~m—
=—
it! y r p ~j p ' '
» »
—
1. Hap- py am I each day walk-ing the glo - ry way. Serv ing mv
2. Noth-ing have I to dread, glo - ry is just a"-head,Giv en thru
3. Tri - als will soon be o'er, then on that hap - pv shore I hall be -
"
k_
* *-* * -
k " "*- -'• "^ •'- -* * *
fcg4i3=-= =i2=t2=t2== "-ppz=t:==fe==:*--»z==^_fo:

•
r— 9—9-
#- — -i
l^-
lzti=r»z£tz=!*=ir^^: |-IA A— — ifc—

T '
V
Lord and King, my Lord and King; And I am tell - ing of
love di vine, thru love di - vine; My bless - ed Je - sus is
bold His face, His L . smil - ing face; 'Twill be a won - der ful
, in
D. 3. He
— — — — —— - —
Si
#«-•— r^-4 s- F* •-
/u—
{$— *
-F
1
* A
1
[-a- ' *-
1- 3-
-IA A-
f P D ~r— p-
won-drous love, go - ing to heav'n a -bove,Tha! why r shout and
by my side, e - vil can -not be -tide, Since He is ful - Iv
per -feet day, tears will be wiped a-way,Glo-ry wi fill that
dear-estFriend,on Him I can de-pend, That's why I shout and

Fine. Chorus.
£=|=:
— &*-—& — - — 5— F • — F* 5 —
-»— I
"
sins. shout and sing.

mine, ful - ly mine, Hap- py the whole day long,prais - ing His love,
place hap- py place,
..._* «,'__* ;t:
5=3=
sing, shout and sing.
0.5.
know that
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

S=^S
No. 1. Gospel Echoes
A. M. P. Adger M. Pace
ju *_4>_^__^_^_^ -^-^--^
1(1) " A-^ ! —— I :
1 -n 1
i
* \-m
tJ -- ^
1. Gos-pel echoes now are ring- ing, God's e - ter -nal mes-sage bring -mg
2. Gos-pel echoes now are swell-ing, ev - 'ry-where the sto - ry tell - mg
3. Gos-pel echoes now are ris - ing, all the saints of God ap-pris-ing
r> in __>-
-c
%J j
fr4
i
P
a * — h —A[— 1S-J-f A A-
-
-V-
P—N—
Hiiilim
To the sons of men this whole wide world a round, ail a - round;
How He then as-cend-ed to His home a bove,home a - bove;
Of a dav that soon is com- ing to us all, to us all,
— r*
w
be*
-* * 1 * = A A- - -P * i-Ht 1
D. S. Till the na-tions of the earth shall hear the sound, hear the sound;
^f
# — •— # — • — c -• — u - # — — •— •- L5 - —— - •" = — =-
Mes-sage of the Sav-iour ris en from His dark and lone - - ly pris - on
And to day He's there and plead-ing.with the Fa - ther in - ter
- - ced - ing
When our Lord shall come from glo - ry ver - - fy - inglove'sold i sto - ry,
IN Ps IN IN IS l\ -*- ->- >- >- >-
And ac -cept the lov -ing fa - vor of our bless- ed Lord and Sav-iour,
Fine.
-f>
P P
fH-s- :=P"=35 —— M — M P M—f-i-
1
That His love and grace might ev - 'ry where a - bound, might a - bound,
For the ones who have ac -cept - ed His true love, per -feet love,
Hal - le - lu - jah! 1 am wait - ing for the call, for the call.
—& -a r -t N- k —
—
1
Is y .,
h
And shall join us on that day when He is crowned, He

Chorus. " " "^ s
^ w I
)
Gos-pel ech -oes keep on ring -ing,

Gos-pel ech -oes from the glo - ry, keep on ring - ing out the sto-ry,
- --
<*—r*h
-
— -«-
% —-&
-- -*. •- :*: -- >- -k. ^-
—>. .k.
—
— — — — K— — A H- I—'—'-
8£? — y ^
I*
b>
It
^ ^ y ^ £j
K-rr-pA
^~~F^ —:"^"m^:î^ k — ^
Copyright, 1949. by James D. V ughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

No. 2. I Love My Lord
Rev. R. C. Rev. Ruperl Cravens
=£=3
1. Oh, I love my bless- ed Lord, Christ the Liv - ing, Ho - ly Word. He's a
2. I will serve Him to the end, On His grace I will de-pend,He will
3. He grows sweeter all the way, As I prove Him day by day, Hope He
A- -£.- _ -A- -A-
— Y\- — k — — Rk-— k
-A- -A- f,_ -A-
§EEEE«EEEE
vj.J A_ a_
-P- .> l. k— r-far h. k
—=*-V
2
— y— pA:i
h b >
— — -y— 1 L i-
K ^> 8
* v & h—
1
=^-?=z?-Es-^-3=F3-Ea-fci=F:z-"=:5=:i :'iFf-t=?=i
won- der- ful Saviour Di -vine; He so much for me, saved my
has done
keep me by in - fi - nite love: He a -bides with - in my heart, per -feet
gives me when dark is the night; Storms may beat up -on my soul, but He
"A- ~m-
-A- -*-
-?«- -A-
-j«- '— *-=- -A- -A- t£l- \)m m
-p— - r-
l
— —t— pc5p~ — —
i
v
:ts==sz;p^z-=|5rÂ
t?—
—EE*EF^=p— -d
*—'
?
i
-fc?
I tr
D. S. His sal - va -tion full and free gives me
Fl NE
~u ±=45=P=^S h &,-J 1 i-
*•
soul and set me free, He, the Light of Life,shall ev - er be mme.
love He doth im -part, And His peace is like to heav-en a- bove.
pointsme to the goal, Ev - er lead - ing to the mansions of light.
-A- A- *i -A- -A- A-
peaceand lib- er - ty, I will praise Him for His love ev - er-more.
Oh, I love Him, bless His name! To my heart
p=p=p:zzEt = p=:p7 =:p— tt===t3=Et2=pt=t3=r=p—
came, While He gen - tly knocked, I

-a- -a^ -a- -a- 'A
&=a=jEEEsi=£HEiEEi
—I P p— C h p p p
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospc! Echoes
No. 3. Time Rolls On
(In memory of my first singing teacherjesse B. Hardin, who passed away Feb. 23. 1949.
A. M. P. Written Feb. 24. 1949. Adg<?r M. Pace.
feFfy
Z(I— ifc^-ÎZ^ZC
1. We're young just once and we then grow old,

2. We have not long on this earth to stay, but time rolls on,
3. We dread the leav-ing of friends be - low, ,
Like flow'rs.,we bloom and so soon we fold,

We're like a va - por that fades a - way, but time rolls
The sting of death is so bard we know,
IN IN IN .#.
- . .,
^ i r ~ ; r
Tf— »— c #— S — i— — *
-r* H — * v* — - ~
While some are sigh- ing and

oth- ers cry - ing o'er loved ones dy - ing, we'll
And while we'repassing, the saints are mass-ing with joy sur-pass- ine, a -
It seems we're hearing our loved ones chepring, we must be near- ing the
-#-#— F» — — — — •— — "— - — — "— r

# » # h" n :;z=rpzzzp=
soon be gone, It seems our stay here is but a day,

round the throne, It can't be long till we'll join their song, but time rolls on.
glo - ry dawn. 'Tis but a day till we're there to stav,
- *i_»i.;i
^ -=siz_azzzSz=A=r A zz:AZzirz=
:
z_-=-rsz=îzzAr=i-_=rr;::=.':rpi = '
1 L) ^ ^— I ^_U.__| — I
a jl_^^..J
D. S. Friends at the gate won't have long to wait, for time rolls on.
Chorus. ,
<*D.S
--?- r- _i(i
L
P
1
u> p P
Time rolls on, time rolls on;
Time so swift- iv rolls on and
an on. time so swift - ly rolls on and on;
zsft-g — —F—-""—-— — —
I rf v Sf-rl£~ -k
-*- 8k
£k- -It- -k •«- gk^ -r*-
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes

No. 4. Rejoice! A Saviour is Born
A. S. Alvin Story
-I-
ite -M-
Szd
1. Ee - joice, ye shep-herds! lift your eyes, There dawns a bright - er day;
2. The an - gel tells of Je - sus
:
birth, The heav-n'ly host now sings;
3. Ee - joice, ye peo- pie, look a - bove,He is the Light of men;
-A— r A- -A A ((
*i A rf^T-
._ -» — t-E-
—
1
1
~
afc-ifc F* I*
F p (--
y r
inzdz
i/kp-
— ——4u
—— — ,
I
— —— —— H
h*- 5
* ^
r™ c^
r* ——n
1
*
3 # —*
— r~«!_=,
p
jl.
--ft-
*
1
j
"
— rf
— r^-— —
j
_r^_
1 1 1
Ihj
|EB a
S #_JI* |r-i 1
m km \-m
C a h*^ '
<
1
r^__31'
fK
J, ,, ^ =,
The King of Kings comes from the skies, A Sav-iour born to - day.
He comes to bring us peace on earth, The Christ, the King of kings!
Ac - cept His blest re - deem-ing love, He'll save you from all sin.
r*~ —
A A— r-A- -A a
——
_-|J A-
— F* —* —
Erjzjg rkr
— P
1
*9 - * R--
j-
:t==p==t:
"
p b b b
p P
b " b P p
Ee- joice, oh, souls re - joice, and glad - ly sing, glad prais - es sing,
~ A rA A A A A A A A_ .A A jL
b b b
£— A — -
2i=az^bgz: —
5 1*
V P p"
Be - hold, the Sav- iour, King, the new-born King, He is our King;
ftC-hH-
A_ 1-
m, A
# _^_#
7.
*
A » -
9
A •__ A
Li
A
1
A
i_
A A
-^ — ^ -"—!-!- — — — [-^ 2—^- — b»~ — !
'
1
The Liv-ing Word, the Light of men, Sal - va - tion He doth bring.
t>
-k-
m
-k-
'9-
-h-
A —t-
:fc= h u.
-I
F i
[-»
-
A
— A
i
A—
1 r
—
A;-
F»--
-bl
Copyright. 1949. by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'

No. 5. Anchored to the Rock
W. B. Walbert
Mid the chang-ing scenes of life, with the trou - ble, sin and strife,
I am an-choredto the Rock,shel-tered from the tem-pest's shock,
When the waves are dash- ing high, and de - struc- tion seem-eth nigh,
In a world that's drear-y, dark and cold; I've a hope that is se -

Tho'thestorm-y oil-lows surge and roll; Christ, the Lord will hold me
To the sol - id Rock I firm- ly cling; Je - sus whis-pers "Peace be
IN Ps IN |/"-*» \—
-4=4 _4_„* — *—
_A__A 1
Y&-
* ,
-i 1
—— -i
'--
-*- — *—
-y- -p-
D. S. *Tis the Rock of A ges
n=h=± .—J— ±_.

h K ?=r -D—D—
*-
cure, it will ev - er-more en dure, Tis an an - chor that will

fast, till the storms of life are past, And will keep my hap py
still," winds and waves o -bey His will, And the Jo>
" bells sweet - Iv
-k- -k- IN
-A A A t_Jt *- A A_ A 1
lA. I
,
— h-
—i y
sure, that will
— ^ <
v
ev -
——
—er-more ^ ^ y
en -
1
dure, Bless
y
ed
t
Ref - uge, safe
Fixe. Chorus.
1
~£: -—
firm- ly hold,
trust-ing soul, Yes, I'm an-chored to the Rock, shel-tered
chime and ring.
" k" «
fv-fy-f * — FB g — P» : g '* — 1=8=3
==9=H
Thee I'll hide.
_&_
.9 — 45— 1 h A ._P-L<_44- 4,__
from the tem-pest's shock, And I'm dreading nei-ther storm nor tide;
r"N
v — — —» -* ^
—fr~rh — hs 1 -
-y —— y
Copyright, 1949, by
y-
James D.
-y-
-j-
Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

g
No. 6. 'Twill Not Be Long
John L. Shrader
_ in h_ * y— —-—
Amos A. Hurt
.=Ot
1. I'm on my way to glo - ry land,

2. Oft-times I grow so wea -ry here,
3. I'm wait • ing lor the call to go
-A-
y y 'v. '> V -i- •

That home beyond the shin-ingstrand,the shining strand ;There I shall
It seems rny hom ingtime is near, so ver- y near; Some morning
'Twill not be ver y long I know. not long I know;But I will
B r—*-*-*
—p
'
A}— E— m— »-H— p — ^~ '— g

3Et* -y
D. S. I'm trusting
<g -a>-
see my blessed King, And with that host

fair my Lord I'll see, The One who gave
press a-long each day, And praise the Sav
A-Â^ -*- -Tfc- -A- A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-_ -A*
y— t/— y— y L ' y-
Him who rulesby love, He'll take me to
Fine. Chorus
&4l .Jl. _D _|_ . ....

-fVr-b—fc— f>-r=! :^^=t£:
3i
glad praise I'll sing, glad praise I'll sing. 'Twill not be long
His life for me, His life for me.
iour all the way, yes, all the way. 'Twill not be long
•A- -A- - A- h^
±-J
-S?i
IN h
r
— —=r—S=zS=Sz=fc==ra
that home a - bove, that home above.
D.S
-H i 1
-P^j ^— • — S> »-[
wait, I soon shall en ter heaven's gate;

for me to wait, I soon shall en-ter heaven's gate,the pearl-y gate;
in
-A -A- -A- - » - • -T- A- . -A- -A- -A
U> :. ^-^-=g=^P"g=P=y-g-^-!?zfA— a— * =& Z£Z£|

Copyright, 1919. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel E*-h» s."
No. 7. I Am Thinking of Heaven
Walter Edwards Rev. Rupert Cravens
—- —N —P— — _ — JXp — v — *— r*-—

-lv
g.
*-"-* * W * — -^.-
s,.p^_is
"- 9 T— 9
=g_
.-^-
*
u
J
!
—
»—
1. I'm thinking a -bout a bright Cit -y, with mansions our Lord doth prepare;
2. I want to live there with my Saviour and all of the good and the free;
3. Great joy shall increase there for-ev-er, God's won-dcr-ful love shall en-dure;
The beau-ti -ful home of redeemed oues,sweet heaven so wondrous- iy fair.

1 soon shall be called to come hiefier, to live iu that home built for me.
Sweet heaven will be a real bless -ing, a ha -ven of rest for the pure.
-k-
#
:i_A-p~— a—a
-fc-^_
_
— *i_i
^
_-*- &-
1 — m tz-_
1
»<^&_
— pp — |~:i
c,
— |
b _-_,_^_ y _y g — Ej_r*i—*— a
-D. S. There soon I shall walk bv the riv - er. where waters of life gent lv flow.
„ Chorus.
—
: 3"
-F^-g^-d— d — J— Fir:
m
"hat glory 'twill be up in heav-en. where mansions are built for the free,
.«i .#. .«. .p. .». :: :fz e. *. .«.-. .*. .«. .«. _^_ .«_ _•!"">.
sftd
— ~— —
* i* *
— — "!"^^!—
-1
-J I
1
'
— .p y — ^— l C_ —5 —p—
l, p — p :
^tef_T"g — y— I
I 1_- j
*-Fdr—
There we Je Saviour and Him
S
shall Bee -sus our ev - er-more with shall be;
m — m-
:pt=====^zzt=Azpi^S=a^ji?- -B
:fai;— fc— fc— fc— zzt =p:— h—
qig
z0— p=rp:
fc
&£
D.S.
4L —«— —
{W |-
—
i-;
ft— A
1
A
1
-h
*- -4— I-A-—
1_ L^,i — p*7—
*— r-*-—
— —3
*
d
Mr— f —
— F*f —-
p*~ *-
>
•j * # * ^ C!
!
The joys are untold In that Cit - y, its rap-ture no mor-tal can know,
fr3z:?=2=Lii~!5=iz=t:=z?=t=Fî=!s=(:
i?Z? 3* ^—£2=
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes-"
No. 8. Love Abides in My Soul
Floyd Golden Rev. J. W. Gladney
^^^-^-^-^-^^-^^q^^zz^t- :=& —r-h—fi-^—h—

2 — *— #— C 5— ^- c
:J- a— fl— r
-
1. When I went to Christ one day, on my knees inprayer, He re-movedthe
2. As I go a -long with Him to my home a bove, I
- have glad-ness
3. All the way Heleads me on to the home on high, To that sin -less,
P^=»=3 == 2z:b-:
•; -- z:^==-==t=^=Et=2===iz=:
=
- -- =:*=:jz=:2==3
w w -j-
load I bore, took a - way my
care;Bless- ed peace came to my heart
in my soul thru re -deem-ing love: He gives hope and vie- to - ry,
hap- pv land, far be-yondthe sky;Let us ev - er walk with Him,
-*
4=
tp: :p=t=±!=i=f=±?=:g=Fp=P=:p=zzp=5=J==:
D. S. Step by step I trav - el on
h S h S N I
flN
*— 2— ^ c d_^_^__|
tp
_ —1 |
when He set me free, Step

by step while trav'ling on beau- ty I can see.
keeps my heart a-glow,Thereis glo - ry day by day ev - 'ry-where I go.
giv - ingHim con-trol,His a -maz-ing grace will keep ev - 'ry trusting soul.
-*- -&.- -A- -A- -A- -A- l\
with the King Di-vine, Christ, the Saviour, Prince of Peace, He's for - ev - er mine.
CHORUS. I hi N P} fc h N K - >.
— r~— —
a -
my
bides with
*
soul,
- in,
I'm
^ v
hap -
p
py.
w
fci
^
h h
•• —
-J>
-=]— s-
my soul.
D.S.
$==fe
——p~ p—
-=1—5
P
am yearn - ing and longing for the goal,
My heart yearns, I'm longing for the goal, sweet heaven,
! h roi *- _ _ _ -*- . *l 5
J
— i*— —m m m 1* Cw -
:p=
— t=z EEE=E=EEEBEÊ fcgE
My heart yearns, I'm
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
No. 9. Satisfied With Jesus
Emla Rae Walters G. D, McNair
-0-i-£— -I -&- -D— ft
gMbri ^ aj- i
*— =EF :^=q— =«=±>=
— i— —q=zB ?—
F»
r
bsz=iz.—
1. Once I was lost in sin, hav - ing no peace with- in, Seek- ing for
2. While on my knees in prayer, He came and met me there, Promised that
3. Since I the price have paid, all on the al tar laid, He has been
pleas-ures far and wide; And there was noth-ing to cheer my soul,
He would be my guide; And now I'm find - ing in Him, my own,
walk -ing by my side; So sweet - ly cheer-ing my soul a - long,
<p-y
D. S. Joy bil - lows o'er me roll,
Fine.
— i— l — * •
—• — f
I — I ;— b?fr -H
Till Je-sus took con-trol, Now I am
=
pleasures I 'd nev- er known, And I am ful ly sat - is - fled.
giv -ing to me a song, GIo - ry I'm
i ——— * -
._ F&z ftL-i__:
— p-f- v A A * -h
^
t-
V
:|qt
-p-v—
s: 1
flood-ing my hap-py soul, Glo - ry, I'm ful ly sat is - fled.
^
Chorus. k
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes.

No. 10. e're a Happy Band
w. w. Willie Willmurth
*sA= ~&
=t-A A- L A A A— ! A I A A —— -A *— A A— 1
^-rr
J
0- -JB- -0
1. We're a hap-py band go-ing to that land Where we uev- er-more shall die;
2. We're a hap-py band,niarchin2handin hand,Sin°:in2 prais -es to our King;
3. We're a happy band on the highway grand, Leading to the court3 a -bove;
> A A- L A — A A 2 A A ~— l
A A A 3—' £s~ J
"4' W "«" 7^
Mov-ing on and on toward thegolden dawn, And a bet ter world on high.
Soon we'll reach that home 'neath theshining dome, Then the vie- fry song we'll sing.
Where a wel-come waits at the pearl-y gates, By our Christ and those we iove.
Chorus.
g£=g
:
F~:
1
— ^-^-ff-J*
—— A A A A A
^ F^
1
—— A
5-j>
A A
p
——A — A —
f>-^—
Hap- py Chris-tian band, hap -py sing -ing band,

We're a glad hap- py band,
.IS {V |
is
p)
*
i
e» -- ^.
* U
Go-ing to that shore; We will shout and sing
We are go-ing to that shore: Then we'll sing
:-: p.* -
-r=£=±=fe-A-r=i rt
__«_L- 5?
P J!
^f£
-P~tj-i
to the Lord and KingJIiorefor-ev er-more.
to the King, And we'll singfor-ev-er-more.
P} fc P h -A- -A- I
ByL_r__ — — v. fV-is— — F- pH-T \w- 1
Copyright. 19-19. by James D, Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

No. 11. Coming Home, Precious Lord
Chas. W, V. Ch as. W Ve; ighan
^-trt-i— - —r *jA ^---.>- --<

^~~^ ,
--fi a,.
1
ft
1 1
rn
A,
_,
— —AA
1
ff
,_
__L #_ _ -
A
_,
1
— L^ , 1 ,
—
1. I am
on the way to the realms of dav .There to lire in
2. I have found a Friend who will comfort lend. Whom the saints have
3. It will not be long till I join the throng, Round the Sav iour's
zztzzz:*:
iii P>
£zte4ztzzZz±*zz*—#z:r=5=L|:=-— zzz~rzzzz — p-
t^-z
^Jt_3E_A £_ti A A h ^_L t
S
—:*=:$:
'
e — 0— 1-(S? # _! _, 1 1
-_ # 0— 9 — g 1
i/
sweet accord, sweet accord With my loved and own round the great white throne, I am
all a-dored,all a-dored: In my soul there's joy. peace without al-loy,
fes -tive board, festive hoard; Then I'll bid iareweil.safe inbeav'n to dwell,
A A — _ —a „--- m — _ —Pm a — *--»— r* III

— *—* 1
ijz^zzazzEzz^zz. p— i:zzpzzSzfrz3zzfrzz*zzpzb zzzzzzzzd

Li
Fl N E.
Chorus.
i
--- —
:
?z ^zz
qziin — ^zzzzzz Ia_ ~_f.A A. -A "aZZ
n
-b— tr
comins home pre-ciousLord. I
Coming. coming home, precious Lord, precious Lord. 1 am com- ing home,
am com-ing home,
com-ing home, dear Lord, I'm com-ing, Seek-ins re-ward,
. .0. 0-
:f_ir.
-a h-
fizzlzll :pzz~fezzz^ izzzzzc

— Z"zZ
D.S.
Jht~& - rVr-l-
zizzzJzBzzzzz:,^zzz—z£zzjzbjzz 4zrnî|=3=B=fc
«
!/ y l/' -y
0. 1
————
-- -- -•- -• --
1_. \.0 H ^
i
— —_ i |
1 1
— — —
my re-ward; Lord, I want to be ev- er-more with Thee,
I am seeking my re-ward;
§Ztei
—
f—fy
— — — —— — — — —
i
r*~~
n aZZJZZZZZZt
A * A
1 .« ft.
-
-A
--
A-
_gJ3ZpZ=t2=bz—^— pZZpZZAZZ-_SZZZA' rizzi:

y y
Copyright, 19(48, by James I). Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
No. 12. He Will Meet Us in Prayer
G. W. R. George W. Rambo
1. To the Lord in prayer we all should go, For He knows a-

2. Pray- ing, we may reach the throne of grace, Je - sus in ter-
3. Should we be for - sak en here by men, And the power of
---o-? 5
— S^- * ff^-r - 1
— — """ *-' '~~
&
1
pLj/_£5i"S' a a a t|s: X- t|zs3_jjsrz Js Is a_:

-.P-
¥$—&-&
J*-
«
A —L pe*
î «*—\~r-^--i-^T—
ra
L-gr- L tiai
*--Jt-*
— — — — — P — — &-—
A
-
A
F-^
L £:
«
%
L t£*
n
%
F^t— 1
L
'J
bout our ev - 'ry care;There is no one else who loves us so,

cedes in heav-en fair; theIn dark-est hour we'll see His face,
:
sin be ev - rj-where;Still, thru ear - nest prayer,the crown we'll win,
-E— P—M— 9k— rf2s- -«--ak— -« T

'"—
rf2 k —r^ *_ r i^-—
Chorus.
r—T —
-J>-r-l—
££=3
fcfcfatti =*=t& :c±= H F •
-I F —1— r*-7-t"^ • r>5 j-fii rj
He will nev - er fail to meet us there. Je - sus is our Saviour

-A- -A- -A- -A- -6£k- -*-
C. _p J=_ «
:_Ai —z
f
:t" E
:t"
%. —— :~_^t=:
a
cf2
t|2szz:i:=tt^z~tî:|ii=s^lszz:sz:Lb
k
1-
L !
C
— azz:
1
) 2—e> — — —r_gfx*f {
all the way, He will meet us at the place of prayer;He's a gen-tle
—*2-
s=Efci:tiz=£=i—
jp^+Z-E-X
s-Efc=i=EEzf?:
^'l** 5*
t.
—*—''—
n err rn r_
r_
>=t==t— Et==tF==p=t2=t3=t(==z: =:Ep == bz:
i . i i ,
I—
~£-r
-;
=&^3gE$g=Ê&ÊE*E&=f=
Shep- herd on life's way, He , will nev - ei fail to meet us there.
eg
—-^ — *— rp m
~vfZ Tv
-A-
— —— -A-
lL "
-A-
""""
-A-
" rr"""
-' -^ k
~ffr"
^SEt~»=F^ÊESt==5=l=p=S=t=^=pEE=
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."
Jesus is All to Me
now | am »lad and iree thru His love; He my

Guide and Stay,
is
Je - sus has set me free from my sin; Washed

the heal-ing tide,
in
know-ing that He is near, I press on; Homcnvanl with Him I'm bound,
-* fj- — r-a »-
9-j 1
pJ- 2*
*?-ri— -7~- .A A_
Fl -VE
K I
^z-=i=r.5
CZ=m=3 = lzz5 := ! = E s= S=r S
-_,__^__ __._ :
h
: 1=: —j-ptzzlbzzg^j
keep- ing me night and day,cheer-ing me on my way home a- bove.
flow -ing from out His side, in Him I now a - bide, cleansed with-in.
nothing can turn me round, with Him I shall be found at the dawn.
y v t r U P
Je- sus, Je - sus, Je - sua my
Je- sus is all to me, Je-sus has ?et me free,
& i
.HE-A A a ^ i*_LA A 3 S £--w-

D.S.
-J— —
r —*
J^rr—i
[fi
" —
— — —^
— zH-«
a--\ i
1
ah-*
I
A ——
1
si '
V V V i v \
b * b
Guide shall be day by day; Je -sus, Je -sus,
Je- sus doth in -ter-cede.Je -sus my soul shall feed
-h-
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
No. 14. The Home of the Soul
W. B. Hughes Paul B. Collins
1- --^~h^—4:
i—.K-
1. In my Fa-ther's house there are man-sionsbrkrhtjn the land of per- feet

2. I have man
-y friends who have gone up there, They are wait-ing now for
3. Come a- long dear friends won't you go with me To that home-land of the
-A- A- -A- -A -A- -A -A- A- -A- -A -A- -A-
bj-*=u=hszz:5=s=p— ?--fc=t=t=:p=p-fA=^zz:!!—
3_. __ _t __ ._ __ _u_t ^_^t r _p_t_x=: —
tJ r t? l
f r tJ
day; And they say up there, Je - sus is the light,

me; And some day with them in those, mansions fair,
soul; There with Christ to be hap •
py, glad and free,
-,-l 1
And
— r
the saints shall with Him stay.

JP h* — — r *r ,*—
-rf
rf — v c* 3
I sing e - ter - nal - ly.

will Oh, it won't be ver -
y
While e - ter - nal a - ges roll.
—mr ~s* a- «*
'»- k ^ i
-**- -»- m m~ «
— p c f 1
r
c. tu p—c, ! ,
pn
-45-
:=ta
„zfe_— =3==S=5=S== 5--
F I a-
long, not long, Till we join that blood-washed throng, that throng; Then we'll
shout and sing, praising Christ our King, With a hap -

py, glad new song, new song.
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- •*- ' -A- - A- -A- - -A>

Follow The Master
Ross B. Shelton
5 — L o-i-L^ .3. — 4 — L^ m *.
-ing lost sin -ners you now hear Him and

to -day, Won't
Him, His prom- ise from your sin - ning, sal -
be-lievedjurned
-ice each hour of the day, Lay - ing your all on the
H 1— f-H— h*— rx— nl— r*

i
^ 1
—
f - -A- -^>- ft
-A-
-ly o - bey?While He is wait- ing sal - va -tion to give Won't you ac

tion received;Tell it to oth- ers wher- ev - er you go, And He will
tar andpray;ThenHe will fill you with beau- ti - ful song Give you His
|ffi=^_fi__l=p2z:piz=zz=lzzc|:=:c==i=p —— *
l. 1 1
L(s,_L| 1
.,
1 1
1
L, 1 [_
t-t=t=1
Chorus
cept Him this moment and live, Fol - low the ter each
on you a biess-ing be-stow.
pow •
er to keep yon from nrong.Fol- low, yes, fol - low the Mas ter each
-a- -A- _ -A- „ -A- -A- -A- -A- - -A- -A-
—
=t- =tz:b— -=t=fci-b=!sirlsr-fis = --
t-
-fcr fc
m \
— — aE3j — — E^'zS — — — " "
Fa =fc=fc=i w p^7 11 *
- — —— — — —
jf—j^-. jj a| "
trj—&-z_
- — —— '*r-
- - ' L
|
:
Lp -
aj
Trust in His word and o - bey;Then He will

Trust Him,oh, trust in His word and o - bey;Then thru His love He will
-A- -A- -A- ,-- -A- -A- _ f~ -A- -A- -A- -A-
:= ±z=*=~=.
»——p—— »- gi=|t=t=t— it:
m
-I
help you a - long, Fill you and thrill you with beau - ti - ful song,
help you a - long,
-A- -£zr -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes.'

No. 16. Get Aboard the Gospel Train
A. B. T. A. B. Taylor
Theme and melody by Roy Davis
—J==l-P=^=^=^=^:
'-Êfc^$E3Ei3E:
3—
Come
i
——— — i i i s m — -•— - L -i -*—— — — 1
L- < i • •
1. to day, my friend, and go a - long with me, There's a bet - ter
2. Oh, the way grows brighter as I go a - long, Love di -vine I'm
3. Praise the Lord for all that He has done for me, On the glo - ry
Sis a a |s:
5 t J U ^
—• — • — « — -» J j^ — * &— -< -- - — i-
coun-try in e - ter - ni - ty; Man- y are thesainlswho trav el
tell - ing out in wordand song;At the jour-ney's end with hap- py
train He keeps me glad and free; I shall meet my loved ones at the
-j — F^ —*—^ —*—* —P — ~+
:q— ^—
a=tazzK=i=;!izzl=5zzjz=5_L-_
in thisband,So
-•— •- c fcM g—
get
c-_ ha-.
— (P
a-board the gospel train for glo ry land.

saints I'm
I'll stand, rid- ing on the gospel train to
De - pot Grand, I'm rid- ing on the gospel train to
•"
:^zrizz!iiz:lsîiÂZiits a.
P U ^ ; I U U
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'
I Am Going Home
Doyle Hawkins
p
b u u o
1. am go -ing to my home o'er the riv- er, o'er the riv - er, Heaven's
2. As I go day, I
a -long am sing-ing, I am singing, In
each my
3. Let me la-bor on with joy or with weeping, or with weep-ing, I've com
-A A A A A -A-
• — »-
land of song. the glad sweet for- ev - er, sweet for- ev - er; I shall be with Christ and
heart the bells of joy keep on ring-ing,keep on ring-ing;Close-ly to the Saviour's
mit-tedall to Christ and His keep-ing, and His keeping; Soon the joys of heaven
~-t-V*A
-%-A~Z
V V V v
D. S. When the Sav-iour calls for
K-U
e.
—A— A«
.-
|_L H
_L ,_
tf
_# —— a
A
1
-#- u v k
live with Him ev - er, with Him ev - er,
side 1 am eling-ing, I am cling-ing,Hal- le - lu jah! I am go - ing
fair I'll be reap-in2,I'Il be reap-in?,
1 ft — r*
h
A
S
A A A
-
A
h
A
P .*
Â-i-A
-- fA-- -i
:c: pk
beread-y, I'll be read- y,

Fine Chorus, h . h .
~N-r_J_ Q -^g==^-
J ._Q_>g
i _r__>*... rB._..j__L___^~
...
_-_^_«^==z*=J=5s=-i» -
y y v v i
home, I'm go-ins home. I am go -in?, yes, I'm go -ing, go -ing to my heav'nly
- - —- - -*. — j. -- -- .(-. — — >- -k.- >-
- £>— g —— .--£ ———— h h E>
so hap- py, there where sor-rowsnev- ercome;

No. 18. I Am Going There
R. F. C. Ross F. Chambers
f3 z^5=^=^=qz:r:^-^=i»— jEg
I1.have heard a-bout a conn -try far a- bove the sky,'Tis a land of
2. In that land they say the flow'rs are blooming all the time, And the sun is
3. From the throne of God the riv - er flows so clear and bright, And a - long its
3—* *
in -.-
*
--
A A— r-A A m A— rA A-
m
A A —
y v v v y y v
~*
-« —^-^-^T-±-±-^-^-^-ii-±-^-jl
-p —P— J— u —M— jj— j fc
A, A 1 —
1
1— .— •
1
1
-^"
1 1
1 1 1 *|
bliss e - ter-nal, where none ev - er die: Tis the home of all

;
the faith-iul
al - ways shin-ing that bliss-ful clime; In
in that land there is a Cit - y,
shores the saints are singing with de-light;Ho - ly, Ho-ly, and ho-san-na,
A A A- n
JS A A AZJ
y p y
IS
Fikh
—— e 9 t-j_i
# — &
I a ——
— •—
— — a!
g
2s:
&>
who are saved by Land

peace and joy for - ev- er, hap -py rest-ing place-
grace, of
and 'tis built foursquare, Build-ed by our bless-ed Sav-iour, and He rules up there,
is the song they sing, Glo -ry, glo -ry, hal - le - lu- jah! to the Saviour.King.
h .
-i_. .k.- .
# . >. .!_. .(_. -- -
# -
- — w— £•— E—£- p— g- tz=i=t=a
£>• <S'. of that snow-white band.Singing glad new songs to Je-sus, in that hap- py land,
Chorus.
4>_b-4> =|-r— —— nr
"J
— -•"# —— •
=fi—
^' — ——O
i—i - -
I am going there some morning. to that hap •

py home, Go-ing there to
Â rA A A , rA m 1
*
p p p • • /
live with Je- sus, nev -er-more to roam; Go-ing there to join the sing-ing
-A A- —A A «—
i ~~zZu^?rTA
p
_
zt w ^;?'zz?zr*z:t
— ±=t=:t=t=§EE:=r.=
t
P p"~"V y 3. y v
Copyright. 1940, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "GosdpI Echoes.
No. 19. Jesus is Keeping Me
Rev. R. C. Rev. Rupert Cravens
B — EE I
4EEI — —?-"*— *j Eg — —?— *
-I gw *
V
—^—
1. Je - su3 13 lead ing - me while dai - ly I trav - el on,
2. Je - sus is teach ing - me the truth of His kingdom here,
3. Je - 3us is keep - ing me, what -ev - er the way may be,
•-
-
4-
y-
Walk - insthe way ox love the saints all have gone; Sweet - ly I
List - 'nine to words of love, its light doth ap - pear; Grow- ing in
Sa - tan, with all Hi3 snares, can nev - er harm me; Al - ways, with
V*
srp
A A
f"
1*
U
A
P fr
— — g-j — 1
-F
g
F
E
P
g
1
g—
hA
y
A
:
—A—
y-
D.S.Ne'er will I
trust in Him, and al - ways to Him I pray, Je - sus is

grace, 1 nnd rich treasures once hid a - way, Je - sus is
grace a- bound-ing, Christ is my Rock and Stav, Praise Him! He's

-•- »PN -•- _-#-
£^
-»-
Jk..
+-
.A-
-J—
~
-A.
A A «* g A A pi 1
A A A pA A A
g
:E=
faint or fal - ter, Al ways I'll trust and pray, Je - sus

Chorus.
zfc:
--(s
L«
— ;-
Fixe.
-» § * * •-
-«- P u P D
keep- ing me from day un - to day. Je - su3 my soul is keep -ing
Ps in
-
t=Z
|P_A —? I
keep -ing
p
t
?
me from day
9 .
\-m
p
a
— m-
p-
to
^-b=E:
day.
D.S.
h 1
.ri
V ~ V
day un - to day,Treas-ure3 un - told I'm reap- ing, glo -ry al way;
-a. .a. ax. h J* -* P
* r>
———
p—* f* r* ^~F
-[-
,f
•* •
f
*
i "?
-*" .
§
•* t> .
1~* ——— -
^
-
*
-^
^~~
f
"
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes
No. 20. Oh, What Must it Be Up There
Charles H. Huff L. C. Higdon
"
iHL«ZZ^ = ^-:zj:=— r±=-=zi=3=^[.q===Zl

n •
l>
— A —A— A — A — A
f*S
— - —*•
i
JJ, | |
îa=j=C±~
— h* — =^3-j—
-- * h*
fU-T
^p-4~ Ai— * * i--f-H- -h
*
'
-I— f-
A— *-F— 4
*- y-'v -*-fr--j
~i" A A A A [-
! |>
1. I won-der sometimes what heaven must be With beauties so rich and rare.all so rare >
2. In vis-ions I seethe Cit - y of gold, And Je sus Himself is there,He is there; -
3. I think of the dav when we shall go home. To live inthatCit-v fair,t'it-y fair;
fL ^ .*.- A k - .«. ^ .«. .«. jft. .#. .«. .# .e?v _e..
J r u
Where flowers are blooming lovely to see,
He sits on His throne of glo-ry we're told, Oh, what must it be up there, be up there.
With millions we'll sing 'neath heaven's fair dome,
fL p- ^ -*. ^ k. .«. . .«. .«. .?. .^. k. * ±_ .£
A . fc . - -
J,
: t£_A_JA_A_|_La_
^•g-A^ra A A A |S-LA A a
JziazziA A"_(lA A A C_L^.-=. — —"3
u Chorus.
i
7 i
^
Oh. what must it be sweet heaven
Oh, what must it be
_ ~ ca A
S||___p i . a a .a i(
(-A-—
sweet heaven to see, And live in that Cit -y fair. Cit -

j fair; No tear-drops will
M. .*. Sk- -»- -k- - -«- -f- -»- f- -»- Sk- -«-
#
figis=p8=s=!azz a=?=cK=2z=lszzf— ^=pt=z--îzt=r-r- = =^=
flow, no dying we'll know,

No tear-drops will flow, no dv - ins we'll know
jg|Z— faj*Z=g==ji a, ra a x. ai:
"
No. 21. I'm On the Gospel Highway
W. B. W albert James D. Walbert
q5r|i±=sz2?=K = I* = *— •_-*~i-_-szd=;=U~'=ZA =:!;=J= J
1. I've left the sin-ful. rus - ged by -way, I'm on the gos-pel high-way
2. The glory bells are swpet-ly rins- ing. my heart with joy is sin?- ing,
3. I'll keep on tell- ing out the sto - ry, how Je - sus came from glo - ry
—* r* —* * a a « -j
_^#zszrtâz:rSzzazizi"xi|izz=sz=:fezz:^=tE:
i> .U u v •
u
^:p^—
^?^
V v" -J / -
That lead? up torealmsa ;.to realms a -bove;My |r>ve for Christ is grow-ing
I'm nap- py the whole day long the day lori2;Tne storm -y clouds have
whole ali been
And died on the cru - el tree the cru- el tree; Oh. yes, He made the great ob -
ver
Fim
sz:
0-
dear- er and heaven's get-ting near-er, I'm hap-py in His great love,
rift- ed.the heav-y ioad is lift -ed, I'm sing-ing the vic-tor'ssong.
la - tion and bro't complete sal - va-tion.Dearsin-ner. for you and me.
« ,_. W— W-r-W P—m^.—

F * ^— ±-a-J+-
^-
/ *
•
j
i
s j v
flow-ing,with Christ I'm on-ward go - ing, So hap- py
CHORUe s s n r*
:£:
t ~0 **
—
— —
zzs:
— *— i
-•
-
Oh, yes, I'm on the gos - pel high - way, the hal le •
lu - jab
—» A
ips ¥=P==p=rj= :=i-—iE:
high - way That leads up to the sky -way in heav'n a-bove;

—
;
a 1 F A * r ^ P P
3s=z=i=— ^— t?z=!z=^:- ==5===?z==E=E|==t=t2=

No. 22. Jesus Leads the Way
Rev. Rupert Cravens (Dedicated to Prof. John M. Dye) Marie Trivelte
1. Rap-ture of heav-en, joy of sweet heav-en Surg- es with- in my breast,

2. Ev - er He guides me, ten-der - ly hides me Un - der His wings of love,
3. Of -ten I pon- der glo - ry up yon- der,Ne'erhas the half been told,
^ 9~A.-A
f * A £ A— hA * A A A— n r-
n h— h* ——
— —— ^—
&f-t=; t=g=t*
-H
-m
*
1
m
»
-
|
— I— —
—
I ^
——
\-Bi-
'.
i
I
Je - sus has saved me,sweet-ly has sayed me, .Giv - ing me peace and rest,
Safe in His keep-ing,glo - ry I'm reap- ing, Go - ing to heav'n a -bove
Someday,sweetsto - ry, I'll live in glo - ry, Where streets are paved with gold,
-A A A A A A A . A A A A •_
-A— r-A
-I
L^ — A-
1
-A A fr-A f- h t=ztz±to=^
D. S. Trust-ing Him ev -'ry day.
Chorus
—A -& —
5
Glo- ry,
Glo- ry,
r M
hal
— a,
- le -
k s
u_--£
lu -jah, glory,

k
i>
«
G
C'
'
Glo^- ry,
Glo -
*—
;
ry
p p
what a wondrous
D
P y
story,
P
k* ft ft ft h
-&-J JM^M-J^ft
-- -« —
aLI.
#— — -
to
A A pA - -A-
t r r -r-
Glo - ry, glo - ry, What a ry,
u y u
Je - sus now leads the wav, He leads the way
E-fi-i 1 1
P — — h^-
-i
de3t=t
—A
tp jtf—
—-W
r ! i»
^ 3 ^ y ^
I
5 \>
Praise Him, Praise Him,
Praise Him, I will ev -er praise Him, Praise Him, for His love I'll praise Him,
ft to to ft ft ft ft
1
- ft ft -P J> _£_ A A] A__Aj A A . A *L_
f
Praise, Him, praise
f
Him,
—v— I
r
will
r
praise Him,
No. 23. There is Glory in My Soul
S. B. Sherrill
-I
—
Brown
-fs-
1. Since the lov - ing Sav- ionr cleansed my heart from sin, I am fac- ing
2. There is joy in know-ing He will hear my prayer As 1 let Him
3. I shall live in heav -en, that sweet home a - bove, By His blood He
-£. _£. _£_ _.A._i ..*._ ..A.. _-»._ **.m -.A.-
A
hj
-|S
h;
t?
—
A_ - 1 A-l
I
S
1
SI
t~~
IS
-h —h— a LA^
c
i
L
?
heav-en'sgoal; I'm no long - er lone - ly, I have peace with- in,

have con-trol; He will walk be -side me and my bur -den bear,
makes me whole; I will praise Him ev - er for His match-less love,
-*
1
1
1 L| y. y y y y 1 1
X
Fine. Chorus.
*-4r—
-t— 1 + ———— «. a *
There is glo - ry in my soul. Mu - sic ring - ing,

There is mu - sic ring - ing,
*
g^=^=p;ii=^z=p^p=ri ^^-Eg=^z=r; g=:#zr^^z:t:==:^=z= =
—= - -— — h-izzrzz:
r c» ezzcL__~ h h^nh — — — ~
.4 — J—— V--J
_r^ *
Hi
1
-_
b —5_^— soul to- day,

b_
Hal - le -
w
lu - jahs roll;
in my soul to- day, And the hal le - lu - jahs roll;
-^ m "A* "A* "A~ s^
^-i* — *~r*^~ * :t
—— * ^ *
V
With my Sav - iour near me, I can tru iy say,
Sav- iour near me, tru - ly say,
-A- -*-
5£-Cff 4-29- :E $:
u2 S S K_ lis n !
.
Copyright, 1949, by James D. V ughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

No. 24. Amazing Grace Has Lifted Me
W. S. Wayne SwofTord
!4z?:
-* 4 41-
^=rt: £=£==£——
:4-*z
1. Once my soul was

de - spair, dark'ning clouds were ev - 'ry-where,
in
2. Now I'm the Lord, feast - rag on
rest-ing in His ho - ly word,
3. When the Sav- iour comes a -gain in His right-eous power to reign,
.fc. .p..
I "~
.«„ .#.
1—» _
k.
-K- .fe.
-»c- _ .
"fc-k k
-£'
. .
^
Jt=t=|fc
^g=P=P=[:p. P=p=p=t=p:z=p: "
.1 y
^ —— y y-
y U
-
„
#
— k* — A
— r-4
1
<* — £—- ==£=£=
i-
#h
^_ Li
:=£
v v
p p c .|
Then sought the Lord for pardon full

I and free, so full and free:
And His ser-vant I for - ev - er- more shall be, I'll ev - er be;
And the full - ness of His glo - rv I shall see, I then shall see;
ft.
z±. .
k . .*. .p. gk. k _ _^_
:S=£=l fe
t
fc=fQ=E== •-
5=1
* h n
i— ^ — £-
:3«=: a!
- — m-— ::$:
-4
— 4
a Aj *-
a-
When I called up on His name, to my
heart He gent - ly came,
Full - er doth
light yet ap -pear as read
I His word so dear,
I will praise His ho - ly name and with glad - ness then pro -claim,
-*- -P~ -P~ -k.- -k- -k- -k- ~
:p=Ep—:p: :p:=^=P=p_ fc=k=fc=zg=t:= l

D. <S. Now my sins are washed a- way, and I^m glad that I can say
Fine.
'Twas a - maz -ing grace of God that lift - ed me, that lift - ed me.
IN
£=£=r4 = 4=?:=g: =£=£=p=fc=p

=P=P=
Chorus.
— * — P- :±=rp: -_l
4
— 1-4
^
* 4 4 4
«
4
J
-\
J j P P p y
By the love of God I'm saved com-plete- ly, saved complete - ly.
4-ZZptZZZA "4 tl 4'

4
lis: t f4 4!
-p: p— fc:=z:k=fc=k:==E=t:=fp=z:p:i=:p=p: :p=:p-

y y y y
'- 1 1
l
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'

Amazing Grace Has Lifted Me
— g
4^^-h — — — — 4j_ === —
Fi - h- r
D.S.
j 3 £ |-f g -A * * M - F F F 1
r
V J V V
Thru His grace a- bound- ing, Je - sus set me free, He set me free;
h h
?#~k"
v— — —
-• V
y
!
h-
n- : —— p: -î-
No. 25. Whosoever Means Me

-9-zH
W. B.
— W.
-I— A ±=1
Children's Chorus W. B. Walbert
£ j g 4
t)
* 3
i
1. Who -so - ev er is ring - ing o'er land and sea,

2. Full sal • va - tion He of - fers to ^11 to - day,
3. GIo • ry, hon • or and praise to His ho - ly name,
— -_ — —
IN
r_-£- . t
— r*~^^
—
—— ——— — —H—
-.
a & h * A r- 1
g"
^g=t=t
!
- u 9 *
1
*- *
F* ~!
v j o F~
1—r4*»t-h —
Who
-
—*1—
m-—\-
so - ev
m
V?.
-I
-
f
1
1
oh, say, I'm glad

er,
m
P-f\—\
4—
it
hi
H
m-
4-
1-
:4z ;5zzz?.EE;i=z=;=z
means me;
m
r
Par - don, cleans - ing, oh, come, no long - er de - lay;

Hal- le - lu - jah! let all His good- ness pro - claim;
l\
— __ ^
—_ F* —
^._ 1 -
•• ••• ••- ••- j0'm
M~~P
%zt— t:
._
*-— F*- *
k,
* *
:•-_
* * — F 5T
-I—b-4
Pzz 4 — al a| g| — Fl a:
1 f— Fa g| a! 'iji — *g—î
\^s
eJ \ r
All the world may look and live, from ev - 'ry sin set free,
Hear His gen - tie, lov - ing voice, oh, heed His ten - der plea,
Somesweet day thru sav - ing grace, His lov - ing face I'll see,
^ -- -0- #. -• » -- -- -F -- «»^~^-0.
y\ — *—— * F* * 1* a — Ft t— — |--t P —=— -I
£j-~ F^^
i— is.
-GIo - ry hal - le - lu • jah! who so ev er means me.

-.—
S5 — .i u C
C- Fa-— —
— Fa^ E-= Fi
Pi
-&-
1
— -B-
P 1
— —— ^Fi- 2 =
"
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaiighan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes
No. 26. There's a Home For me in Heaven
J. B. H. Jesse B. Hardin
(Last song written by the author, just before his passing, Feb. 23. 19 49
._) 1
-Tl— r*
1
*- —
qrtfc=tr:£=r-
w • «i— *— £—
1. There is a place that's pre-pared forme just o - ver the roll- ing tide,
2. Clos-er to Je-sus,oh. let me walk, yes, close- er to His dear side,
3. Glo - ry to Godlsoon I'll see that place, and live in those mansions iair.
_ — A_
A A A A
A_, A A_ r A A A
A. A A -»
§gKtezt=fz-t
4~A * A A- -A
p.
A— r A
.
A A 1
r-j-j 1
H- 1
1
H£s
f^l.
t — ——J
s:
-fc— l- --fc—\— — I
——
« I-
it=i=fcJc3EJz=*—-^ ^ * \L72i. J
It the place, where 1

is long to be, with Je - sus and e'er a - bide;
Breathing a prayer, to Him I would talk, I need Him each day to guide;
Prais- Ing the Lord.luok-ing on His iace,ivhat rap-ture I then shall share;
_ A A A A- A__ *_ -^ A- .
**9— -A
-y
A A
m A A
y — y—
A— 1—
-y —
#
1 L 1 1 >-
— — ——
1
~-. r
d— F-P — A—™•
-<
13—,0|
A- !
A
Li
1 -+5
v ^-P-^— "
'—V-A
m i=j=p*=q:
*
,"— F*
1
-4
A
Cit - y of love, place of pure de -light,where troub-les can nev- er come,

He is my Light, shining on the road that leads to the per -feet day,
Heav- en at lastlglo - ri -fied I'll be, and all thru my Sav-iour'slove,
pdfezt
a — a—a . a — a.,
«
-k
-p:
k-
—r__ _t—t-_A_cA-
A—
-k-- -k-
t-—\
<9--\A.
-y — A- -A
-y
A
1
1
A
y
— A—
y—
! l-l
r-A
L|
h-
A
1
1
A
1
^— L^.
I
I-*--
r-h- 1
1_-
D.S. Sorrows ue'ercometo that hap-py home, His love there a-bound-eth,more and more,
FINE
N— b
iz^:=zj=âz-z_ftz^ * 1 I- -J—
— A ^
£. A S A A A A 2 — r-A'-l
-* — * — *
\-A \A
z=Zz=i=^—
1
~ * ~ ^
*z=»==»-±i___:t— — V- u=p=:C=z=F?5.-3
K- tzzzt-tTj— i
l
Soon I shall go there to live a - bnve,with Je sus at home sweet home,

With Him I'll live in that blest a bode, while a • ges shall pass a way. -
Has - ten to • day,come a - long with me, I'm go ing to heav'n a -bove.
#1 £: .#. .
k _
p. :_: >~ -p- =- -^2_
-I-,-
Glo - ry we'll share with our Ioth; ones there. for - ev - er on heav-en's shore.
Chorus.
-fc —
IIP iszzranc-;
,_, — ,_.,_p j.
I'm go -ing a -way to that home some day. its glo - long to seg,
-k- k-
Copyright, 1949. by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

There, s A Home For Me In Heaven
D. S.
-j—4- -^--
-J>- r
:3zz2rz5i;Esiz:
Blest Cit-y of love.wait-ing now a - bove, has mansions pre-paredfor me;
No. 27. Lead Me Shepherd

Henry H. Tilson. JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
^S 3
——
fc£ -1
BE =t ~-A L>l_
<r-
:t
1. Lead rne through the fields of sun-shine And the pas-tures green;
2. Lead me, Shep -herd through the val - leys, Lest I go a- stray;
P^4-h
3.
5 a
V-
»*
s
Lead me through the night's grim shad-ows, To the
la
I E_f_*
%
%--
f
per
— — — gzzE&J
•
- feet dawn;
e A
On Thy
r~T
arms of love and mer - cy, Let me ev - er
y^
lean
Lead me, kind - ly Shep herd, lead me, To the per - feet day
Of the day to which we're hast-'ning, Lead me kind - ly on.
Si!
Chorus
M EfeEtE
-k
=
—»L
-r
—
—
p-
L
0-
m
James D. Vacgh
No. 28. We'll Have a Home in Glory
Ray Thompson Buford Thigpen
1. A hap - py home a - waits in glo - ry, up a- bove,

2. That bless-ed home with love is glow -ing,love so pure,
3. Our loved and own we'll meet in heav - en, by and by,
r
— A & A A A —r* -j
zz— ==ziÊ±=i=* = U==!=:p=ti=ts =:!s=:|i=A=i=3
Be- yond the gates where life is new, where life is new;
The Sav-iour is the glo ry light, the gos-pel light;
-
The years roll on, and soon we'll go, and soon we'll go;
_* * S 9. C-ZZZ"ZZZ -A
^zzzpzzzp: :p— pzzzbzzzpzzb

"*l J-
zz^z^zfezp=|^zzzz^zzzzzzzz!:z*-zfczz-bzzL*zp£-
zfaafczs
Wheresaints redeemed
With rap-ture sweet,
shall sing the sto - ry, of
S the love,
with hearts o'er-flow-ing,safe and sure,
A crown to us will then be giv - en, there on high,
(•- . FS
z:t5zz±zzz&zd==
^zzz'zzS^z:
'V V > v
Of Christ the Lord, who thru, who led them thru.
led them
We'll live in man sionsfair and bright, so fair andbright;
And Christ and loved ones we shall know. yes, we shall know.
"Z"
zszzrizzzi:
rpzzzpzzzpzizzUzzzzzrlpzzzzz:pzzzpzziza
I
1
While years roll on, its joys we'll share, for- ev
Chorus. -w w
frfM—S
%i . >*
P—«i—-3—-a)--j—
r*n~ *-===*
:v—gzzjzzEs. ===-
z_zizzzpzzzJzzt|^zz:zzz:zzz:zz=z: *zz: # î^zzzzzhszz:fzzi*zz:^zzz
U P
=1—(
P — p—
A hap- py home
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.

We'll Have a Home in Glory
Is wait -ing for o - ver there;

Is wait - ing for us o - ver there, yes, o - ver there;
_.«_-_-•-__-•-_? '-Jt-+- f-
f ^~ t- f
w
No. 29. I Feel Like Traveling On
Wm. Hunter, D. D. James D. Vaughan.
-pVn=ri
± i
±=ta*-^-f^
1 .
™ r— 1 1
t A
A A A A \-M A A A Ufc 4
1 i
1. My heav-'nly home is bright and fair, I feel like trav - el - ing on;
2. Its glir-t'ring tow'rs the sun out-shine, I feel like trav - el - ing on;
3. Let oth - ers seek a home be -low, I feel like trav - el - ing on;
4. The Lord has been_ so good to me, I feel like trav -el - ing on;
i^c-t-A—CA s_-a
_J
—pa— —a —A_pa
— _aa_ p=c pa e
a a a — —fc^t_pt= J
a x
r U u- 4=
Nor pain, nor death there, I

Thatheav'nly man - sion shall be mine, I
a
can en- ter feel
feel
like trav-
f>
like trav - el -
h
el - ing
ing
-|-
m on.
on.
r
Which flames de-vour, or waves o er- flow, I feel like trav- el - ing on.
Un - til that bless - ed home I see, I feel like trav- el - ing on.
J " J V
Yes, I feel like trav - el - ing on, I feel like trav-el
trav - el - ing on,
^.g=a=pa=a =a=a=a=pa=a=?=a=:ar:pa—a— =^zr

zSzjz
^=^=gH=ri=J=i=^pJ=^=^=±=1=[
*-J 1— — r— « J-4 r-« 1 1
A-^-A— [-A
1
A A A [- A- A A A g \
Myheav'nly home is bright and fair, 1 feel like trav-el - ing on.
trav-el-ing on;
j^.. .ft. .m. j». jfL .m. * -j . .0.

i
: p
|
A [~A
a_i:a a
A" A
a a3CA
A f"A a
Copyright, 1936. by James D. Vaughan, renewal.

No. 30. My Mansion in Heaven
E. W. Taylor Curtis Taylor
1. They tell me of a man-sion bright,

2.'Tis built with-in the Cit - y fair,
3. My heart to -day with rap- ture thrills,
r> h
-r P* ——— Pi F5 Pi
v L
5j J J i S A
A home of peace and pure de light,and pure de -light
-
That Christ our Lord went to pre- pare,went to pre-pare;

To think of all those love- It bills. those lovely hills;
p h
.. - . P P X .
t\
m^^pm^^mmmmm
They say
And in
'tis
a land
built of
of
jew- els
un -told,
bliss
rare,
To think that I've a man-sion there,

PS
h. h P _4_ a! a
-a —-± — W — - — 7- — h- —
D. S. And there I'll live with those I love,
p r> f> r> k is

fine
p p
And sin can nev er en - ter there,ne'er en - ter there,
Where all love
is ly to be -hold,
be -hold, yes, to
It gives me joy beyond corn-pare, be-vond corn-pare.
P\ PS Ps K r\ p\ pv
—— A9 ... _a.
1-
p> A. jl JL -A
£?
:
ZZf£. tZH ZZ'ZZ C*
In that sweet home in heav'n a -bove, in heav'n a -bove.

CHOKUb.
V - -
m — -_t,_ — * * * — «- i
l> - U J
I'm go -ingthere,(I'm go - ing there, )some morning hriirlit, (some morning briirlit,)
k. A.
--| — * w — •
—
— A——
1
I -~ ^-— -p- "*

y ——— y
ifc-
y y u y — p»
Copyright. 1949. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes

My Mansion in Heaven
-^ D *D —*— P^-
IS S
-b-£— N
ft—p—^
D S -
m ;}—
p p
To claim
:(==:
v man
that
-A A
-
*f^
sion of de-light;
To claim thatman-sion oi de-light, of pure de-light;
.
_A.
-t~
.A.
t-
-A-
k:
-A.
1 • — • rii:
—<-0 • » — M-c- — »
fe?
No. 31. God Plans the Best for Me

Lizzie DeArmond G. Kieffer Vaughan
3*
J
3^" I
~Tf T"
1.1 can-not tell, I do not know What
in the in - ture days may be,
2.The pres-ent time is all I own, troub-les come my Lord is there,
If
3. So on my way I joy -ml sing, His hand divine is hold-ing me,
-** m. -*-
-,—A r A= A iSc A r A-= A 3^— I rf a si A 1 «-j
W r
_CS T _^__ _3_c #i _5_^_H_i:^.^_^_ # _t
!
—=3— jib
If joy or pain my lot be - low, God plans the ver - y best for me.
I do not bear them all a - lone, He lifts my heart a - bove de-spair.
What e'er the com -ing years may bring, God plans the ver - y best for me.
/^
7-^.
_
F r A-= m e2;
-A-
1
r-A-^ —A z£s A j-± l LA x2s
-A-
1
ri
-M- -A-
F
-A-
—a
Chorcs,
Godplansthe best, He caresfor me. In ev - 'ry thingHisIove I see,
——4k — r£ 1-A-5 —E*A — 2s +• 1

z§ A — P-— A
. A A 1 ;
CT-i
g^==£=====±=Ep=:g .
,
-
=Epz=z=-E-=p=tp=S=g
^—h-zJ— --£— r — 1-
ST
=^-Zg^Z=^Z=t5=bE^=g-fefe±lgzz3z-
*- *-^--3r- 1— ^-*-^— 3r J ^fc<— s,~ •- c
I 17
s — •'
God plans the best,nhat - e'er be - fall, I'm safe with Him who knows it all.
* >-=
-A- — b — r A- — r™T -A-
« — p* s A
33; A
a <-m * — 3= s
A r A^ "t* -4-A z2: 1
ri p-
-A-
p~
J2 « — L^ 1 1
Copyright, 1929. G. Kieffer Vaughan, owner.

No. 32. Is He Building a Mansion for You?
Rev. Rupert Cravens Perkin Meador
#-
1. Is the Sav- iour pre ing• a man-sion

par - for. you In that
2- Is He build-ing for you a bright pal - ace of gold? Are you
3. He's pre - par -ing a place for His beau - ti ful Bride. Man "y
A A A A A A 1*
A -A- __A A_ ._A_
w F-ft-A rfc: = P=t=
A — |-A A A A
-P= -r
A
—
A— — A-
*
beau-ti -ful Cit - y a -bove, a-bove?lf thru Him you are saved and all
send-ing up treasures each da} .each day?For the soul saved by grace there are
mansions of won-der-ful love .great love; And the souls who will trust Him and
.*- ft.
1
.ft.
P A « A_ * A * • -_ A A A A « A
1 !
\*~ " * ft- —ft '
i I
— '
1
—
\)
14 A * • .*— tt P 1 ^
|
A
1
A A
1
A *
things are made new, You may dwell in the courts of His love, His love,
glo - ries un -told, And a home that a - bid - eth for aye, for aye.
in Him a -bide Shall in -her- it those mansions a - bove, a - bove.
-k- k- K
. Tl__: A A . A_ A A A_A A * J j 1_
9— p p H A A A— P P P P p— ,
"I" '*—$
Chorus.
— •— m — -£—-£- — «- -A--*-
-+i
L}'
P — ft
r
P
1
t-9-
rH T
r^zzz*
1
— *
i
ft
1
a 1
ft
1
a — "2*"
* *: p
0. ..
p •
_
• '
Is He build-ing a man-sion for you in the sky? Are you

^ ^ *• # # * b ^ -«- ft.
*L :s- :1s: is: :x:

fcrtfap=p= :j; :p=P=3tz=^:
-i
^
—
—— i
gi
iwhit-er than snow? You may live with the Sav-iour and
yes, whit-er than snow?
-±- -k
— F— £ — A_ A — A a _ t a—
-k- -k-
_P 1 F A = |
..A A-,
—
**P h — H —b —b n — b— —
__ rp_p_p_p_pz=p_cgzrpr* n — P -* a— — a —
^-rr ^-y—— irir
a — a — a— r-A a

Is He Building a Mansion for You?
EEzszzg— -zzrp— 5=!=Ez = =zm==z=iz=i=E«z.-r=5=i:

loved ones on high, If His bless- ed sal - va-tioD you know.
sal - va - tion you know.
m. m m m ft ft ft
A
I
_*. ,*. *. .«. ±: ft t :?: t .*. :*: .si :*: jL
If We Had no Jesus
1. If we had no Je - sus to hear us when we pray,Giv- ing us the

2. If we had no Je -sus to cheer us on the way, Thru this world of
3. If we had uo Je -sus to save us in the end, And for us in
-A-r* * m
fonziizr. -I
B=£ \ j s v
r#fe=n— •=3=t2=E_p — I
,_h:_5--* — s_p» —i|=3£=:j£==fcJ
com-fort we need; We would be so help-less, we'd fal
- ter by the way,
sor -row andgreed; Life would be most and dark wouldbe the day,
hope-less,
heav-en to plead; Sad wonld be our por-tion ud there with-out a friend,
ft
- i
V V V 1/ • } P
D. S. Hope for uswouldvan-ish,there'dbe no use to pray,
s Fixe. Chorus.
• -- "*
-- -o-*
^ ^
If we had no Je - sus to lead. we had no Je - sus to
is-— ^zr==— r* ====t=:t=i====f=:

&BE -* F V-h*-—
*-:
~— hk k k k — fc
He
——~ k k
J J P
lead u ev - 'ry day, By the cool - ing wa - ters

i
'-- -- -- -- ft _
* B IZZ LS4
1/ ._ V '
" Harmony
Copy right, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in Bells."
No. 34. Traveling With Jesus
W. B. H. W. B, Hughes
1. I was a stran-ger to the Saviour wan-der-ing hope-iess - ly a- long,

2. I was a slave to sin and Sa-tan,heav-v the load I had to bear,
3. When this short iife for me is end - ed and I shall lay these bur-dens down,
_ — A —A —A P— V-
»____ a a a_i
*
p
— —i— I*
p_
^
y y
^r— l>
• •-
Hav- mg no one to cheer my soul from day to day. from day to day;
For he had bound me and all hope from me had fiown,from me hadfiown;
I shall 20 home to be with friends on heav-en's shore, on heav-en's shore;
— •- ft
A
.ft
_
P
— .,. .
#
_
.
f. K V
A A—
i-A «
a
1
-J— 5-.-_5=_p-t?-__. :te=fc
:=Hrz?_:b ^_&
--&-,
^C-t5=_^_:^=_l5-:_j^-r-===R}_=R=:a_-p
= _=:i-i=
:_ft__5}: s -« ^_________3
=:_^!»__z
:
= F_zz:_—£— t=*=j
—
_ -^.._,__c^_^_-H— h : --^---.--«.— -*--#-Cp -_r__i
^__g___
tr
Then the dear Lord rave me His par-don. fill - ing my life with hap- pv song,
But 1 hoard Je- sus sweet-ly say-ins, "Come. and your load I'll -lad- ly share,''
Then I shall hear mv Saviour sav-ins:. "Come. and re-ceive vour robe and cro»n,"
a— r-A - * - ™ * — — —-—
-p—tz—r-b— ^—
•>
F p
*^Y? « f- f-i-=_=JP—
___t = ^: _-t2 rja a :i__=i_=j__zb_____: __:&— 2= I
U L> L> _; U U tf D
D. £. Soon I shall en-ter that fair Cit - y on heav-en's glo - ry side,
k Fine
h
Z •—
Now
r--
I
-
•
am
r
sing
hr
- ing,shout-ing,
_b _=lE__f_E__E_EFi^=
long the way, the all2I0 a -
mi
ry way.
And I gave up my all and took Him as my own, yes, as my own.
There 1 shall live and reien with Him for - ev - er-more, for - ev - er-more.
n a A— -1—— 1—
w___ -y— y-
._: — — y— a I
Then I shall see my Sav-iour and with Him a - bide, with Him a -bide.
Chorus. k K
C _L __B_. # C ,__-__ #_L«_ _l

IF-—t^ f
I am so hap-py, trav-el-ing onward,
I am so hap-py, trav-eling on-ward,
-£ r M— A-J
£J_|_S_________SSI_I
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher,
m v
in
— A-
"Gospel Echoes.
~7Â_-
Traveling With Jesus
D.S.
£K
U p tr-tr-r*
With the dear Saviour as my Guide;
With the dear Sav-iour as my Guide, my Friend and (iuidt
p -jTtj-
*" ~8 ~f* — e — J? 3V
p
—"**
f~f^
——— ^ r
* *-
No. 35. Just a Closer Walk With Thee

Anon. Arr. Adger M. Pace
j&P-T— -m^P^P—h-r-P—fv-P— £—!--a— *— =P ~-P-» h -l-^-l

-^
"jr •» • - / / —
1. I am weak hut Tfiou art strong, Je- sus keep rne from all wrong;
2. Thru this »orld of toils and snares, If I fal- ter, Lord, who cares;
When my And I jour-ney here no more
s
3. feeble life is o'er,
rfefel
ft-4-,* --*
— —— —— — A-gA-P*
A^._A
[
A
|
* *
A_ U
#* -p -
î
"
+±—A
^~rf~~ *
zzEb —
»
5— —w
p— P
»-
:
A-
t y *> D y y s-'Cp
i
|HÊp^^-i=tb&3^^=^Fg-gzz^-^5=ifcFgvz=z3
I'll be sat -is -tied as Ion? As I walk,blessed Lord,close to Thee.
None but Thee my bur-den bears. None bat Thee. blessed Lord,rione but Thee.
When I cross to heavenis shore, Won't you walk,bless-ed Lord. close to uiie.
SP£zz^_A _a— *_ A — A 4 F-5-"H g=- ^— =z7-r= [-F^—

Chorus
:35f;B::
Grant it, Je- sus, is my
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.

No. 36. He Whispered Peace to Me
E. K. Faust (deceased) Byron Faust
*-=F —N-h* « « «-
— at
Pis? i-
3t=
1. I once was troubled in my soul, and walked the down-ward way,

2. He
lift - ed me from sink-ing sand and placed me on the Rock,
3. I've been so hap- pv since the day He sweet - ly saved my soul,
-A UA-
3-4A. L* !A A A A A
_M 3 I L! A- * J A--
-«l-
I strug-g!ed in the bonds of sin, so help -less day by day;

His bless- ed peace pro-tects me dai - ly from the tem-pest shock;
I'll nev - er cease to praise His name be - cause He made me whole,
But on my knees 1 found the Lord, who all my sor - row knew,
I gave to Him my life that day and prom-ised to be true,
Some dav at last, thru sav - ing grace, my home in heav'n I'll view,
§g_A_ (IA A A A A A A A X
*
A — A
'I*
' — A* A A A—-AA
7
t
g-
A
-A
\j
A
-A-
-j
-'l
h-
v
-
vh .
J:
t?~; •
r,
p
P
D.S.And now I'm hap -
py ev - 'ry day, with Christ to guide me thru,
1 heard His whis - per,

He sweet- ly whis -pered,"My peace be to you.
the One who wbis -pered,
~:=a—_a=za=!X==£ p.
1
He whis-pered,
**- m 1
a — •- — 1—
He whis - pered peace, to my poor soul,

Whis-pered peace, whispered to my poor dy ing soul,
—
peace, •
— — h
p£-—L*=.*~-4~-—z=-
IS IS
4*—-
i
L-rz3z=fp=z2= — 5_r=fz=?:
-al *i a) r;ri
^
?
-A jA A—-h h~^=J
--— I
y—
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes.'
He Whispered Peace to Me
D.S.
-h«-- 3=iA- :»z:

—I— ad
whis - pered peace, And made me whole

Whis-peredpeace, whispered peace, And made me iul ly whole;
IS_ IV _ fV
-W 2 *> 1 1
— p- . . —
No. 37. Beyond the Gates

Rev. R. C. Rev. Rupert Cravens
-%-#-*-
1. Be-yond the
r
—
gates of
-\-n- \-^.-m
life
r
bet - ter home;

so fleet- ing. There
us a is for
l
; '
2. Be-yond the gates, be-yond all sor -row. Be -yond the cares of earth's vain store;
3. Be-yond the gates of all sad partinss. Where srief and pain our hearrs make sore;
4. Be-yond the gates in Je -sus' likeness, For - ev - er -more we shall live on;
* — !»_,-— _
r- _ —* __.»_.#. +>
&J #=tm
P~
-
ft ~rV,
m—~A
tm
* — F——
•—
,_l a -P
4
^
4— aP-rrrS
U-Li — i
1
"^—
£ •!
S *— [-A-— *~P —2
*— «— P—
h±-~1*
— 1
A place where peace shall reign for - ev - er. And sighs and tears shall nev- pr come.
We'll have new joy be-yond ex -pres-sion. Glad praise we'll sing on heav-en's shore.
We'll meet a -2ain our own dear loved ones, And see their wel-come smiles once more.
I want to meet vou,Cbristian broth-er, I'll look for vou when morn shall dawn.
_#^L ft S #^
»«_: a A -Fi - A *— FA * * A - A PA - -
|
- Pi
A A A— ^-A- ~-\-,
h — A A » ~_r_ Z2 L) L, — A^
,, Chorus. k
-- —b —m—Vo- — -- i-— O ,
— HA T
t~|
izz±zzzbzzz
«
% A A A A .
A
w 9
Be-yond the gates, be-vond the un- set, New
sun- life im-mor-tal
mor-tal for us waits;
5 =I =i = I=r!i = iÊ= ZF t=X= IzZZ^ZZZ izZtlizizZZ £=?|i

zrpz=3=3=p=?=?=?=f*===P= p=p=fc=p:=p-= K=Fh-1
_p_,_ _m
H— (-A-— —^_z5_p_^
M A— —
— — _:_
A A
.
— ^_p__:r>_.»
A— A—
A A
— * tq ~l
-
A A
K b- r J
\-A
[-A
p. S_r
:
p-A^
h _ -^
1
^ :
"»-=
"*"
IT.
We'll be at home on life's fair mom-ing, Be-vond the gates, be -yond thegates.
_* ^ftji @ * ^*-- ft: ^*i.
A
.
fA A A VaL
i
^-1 A_C| A A A ."A"
-A- L A-
Z
1
/ "P—
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.
No. 38. Rest On The Other Side
c. c. c. C. C. Calvert
hM
ff
—^4=*-* *— H
—i-*— «— LA — *
*. *
'
*
' —— it -*
^-^-l±-i=z±-^z^—:
—
•
d-
-~~
1. In this world of sin and strife Grief may come to ev - 'ry life,
2. Je - sus is a con-stant Friend . He .will guide us to the end,
3. Oh, mv Lord, I love Thee so, At Thv ding go,
——
bid - I will
-*— rsr « ^ k k— ^ ^ ,« r * k-
i—£-£ T~rr
'•-
r r p !
=Fp=±2— =b=Fp— P=S— «— tî
rt3==|p
d^^==fc=F^-±:
fe&= -A-
I) I
Dai - ly cares our hearts may of ten chide, may of ten chide;
By His gracp our needs are sat is - fied, are sat 13 - lied:
I will work for Thee what - e'er be - tide, what- e'er be- tide;
»
^ g-fr-tr-—leg M :=3=3:=-fc=Fg ^.g .gL^-'-J

l '
'U .. .
,
~H * 1
—I
1 1
Li _i 1 « h > ^ J—— -
But. if true to Christ we live. Com- fort sweet He

soon will give,
Thru His death on Cal - va - ry, We have life bun-dant. free,
a -
May I
«
tell of
* — rest so sweet, Found £t
_JL_ -k—
E=E a
JE
Je -sus' bless - ed feet,
—?==±— t=r?~
ft...
lr^2=p—pzzbpzzzpizzp:
D. S. When our days of toil are done And He
tr-
calls
P
us
— one
p y
by one,
-0,-1? —h— -k-p!~ -^ ^

— —-"SPS*^ J*-
- :4-
Fine.
1
-jy \
TT
"W -g- -m- -m- -
w
J y y r
There is
Prom-ised rest up • on the oth - er s ide, the oth - er side.
And His
-»-
-A-
-)—
-*-
— h h r> p
—;_ --*
-i i
Ki?—i — F*~ _L L„ j__ k

— =====E==1 -A * * * *
—
.
k H* _ j
V^fcr' F
_y. p
— — • m
1
tt==:
We shall
Chorus.
* A— 1
A *
/ ...
/ .y
iHpl
There is rest up - on the oth - er side, the oth side
lg^g=^^fEpÊ^^^^pgEEL^Ê£EEfE
CoDyright. 1949, by James D Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echees,"
Rest On The Other Side
D.S.
— — U—
jttiT— 3:
:=&:
-• •—
1
a~ jb^JzEpr:
-M
y •>
Rest of heaven the oth - er side, the glo ry side;
-A- -2—
gB -* ^V- *
A
L* _J_ — — U-- |
h» :
--
No. 39. I Shall Be At Home With Jesus

jennie Wilson. James D. Vaughan
With feeling
m5^B
1.
-. K—
Years of time are swift-ly pass - ing,

^-t~t
Bring-ing near - er heav -en's goal;

£ rgrg
g
2. Aft - er all the days of wait - ing, For Hisvoice to bid me come,
3. Aft - er leav-ing earth-ly pathways, Which my wea-ry f?et have pressed,
4. Aft - er last fare-wells are spok-en, I shall meet dear ones I've known,
S
Met: JE £=£
-AJ
-£±==v=
A— *-
PM
* p^ $
SEE e r>
1
>
| —*—» ^-rg£
* * — ^—^— ^—_^— <
Soon I'll be at home with Je - sus, While e - ter - nal a - ges roll.
I shall walk be-side my Sav-iour, 'Mid bright scenes where an-gels roam.
I shall stray by life's fair riv - er, Find - ing ho - ly peace and rest.
In the pres-ence of our Sav-iour, When we stand be - fore His throne.
—————
m &£ v—y-î-
—Tj™—
-A—
i.
A
a * * * * i
W
i
y y y-Â
Chorus.
frEf" • g ±r
fefe
p-±
i V fe u 35 — «- »-
^r^-
*=t§
6 how pre-cious is the prom - ise, That with glad-ness fills my soul!
-t i»- -*»- -H- -r-

•
-P- -P- i»- -o- :
A 1£ A A 1
1-|
§^=E£ =
P=g -^
j£ ¥=£=
&fcOE
=
F=E
tA-Kj-
7±E tefel=£ 7&E.
IIasoz-E-
1 U P
-t-2-
*~ *
I shall be at home with Je - sus, While e - ter - nal a - ges roll!
—
s — -- -0- -
-P-
A -f—
A
-P-
!
H
-P-
*—
£>]•>«
g g g
i± P~t7 p b 2fc
COPTUIGHT, J008, BY JAMES D. VAUGHW
No. 40. 1 Want to Go There
Rev. Rupert Cravens W. S. Tidwell
-^1— ai— —
1.
'
Sweet heaven
x
our home
n -
N;^ "IT iswait-ing a-bove,
U J \> v
2. Each day as I walk the glory way home,

3. By pow-er di-vine I'll live for the right,
_azi3 r a_A_a_s__A t a_s 3 p a_j

U P _P _y U y p y
——-
^ —
The
-i-s
home of the soul.
r
—b-^-^-p-p-p — •-— — a Cit, -y of love, a
- :
Cit - y oi love;
I think of the hour, when Je-sus shall come, when Je -sus shall come;
I'll fol-low the Lord and walk in the light, and walk in the light;
-P-W—W 4 4—4 » r-l— I

1
1 1
'
SgBElEE :i:zs=»==rn:^:zJ="H:i=S=t=t===»~
-3-y:
^—
3=P
H— -
-
V—
— V— t-p — "j~" P~ '
—— r?
0'* —
: ===— - "
^:rta^==zr--
# B S- L « c rj P •—
1 X b P
1
4 y y
t V y y
Its joys are un-told, beauties are rare,
its
He'll catch us a-way heaven so fair,
to
Till end-ed mvdav, His cross I will bear,
4—4 4 4 4- -
|
«'— « — P— *— * — 3—
P—a=4=a=az:a=:=====:c: = F=1— a__== — = ====f
a_j
1
r ^ 1
- ,,
P
U P" y y y
D. S. Those mansions of light I'm longing to share
FlXE
=— =*=p=^î-^>:e=|==-:=nr=_=pq
1 X
—bl—ai—n— tr-fcp
tr-0-^j-p— h— L» # P P •— J
p
y . y • tf . y y
Some wonderful day
1 long for that day, I want to go there, I want to go there.
I'll serve Him thru love,
-0
& & 1
.*. SL- J J?
_ .
r
44— P — P — P— li
fc.
With all the redeemed,

:p=a
want want go
il
I to go there, I to there.
CHORDS.
-=I-S-
_ ^fc^j^JJ
-_4—4--*-
.______h_bL_h_£_£-,
A
-A
=P=b=5=s=b- - »—
f
*1
want to go home, (I want to go
-P
want to go
y
want to go home.)
—=^_ H— —-_i—
home,) I home, (I
— r^:ip=p=«=p=i=*=£= 4— 1 A 4 4 --,
frfrM-g {i-j
Jt&i-Z zzzrzzz^.zzs.zzi.zî.'zzi
:s:
A P h
y p p y u y P
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes
I Want to Go There
D.S.
-ft
~^~s- —Eft: l=s=s=s-i-s-f— -a-fe— m 2
^ P ^ 53 ^ ^
To heaven above where sorrows ne'er come;
To heaven a-bove, where sor-rows ne'er come, where sorrows ne'er come;
^
r»
fi & h -id
""
a
-•-
a — *- -i__ — i
:g=!-Eiz=^-t=:t-=:
i
——— — i i i ,__
ki—
No. 41. Communion With God

W. B. W, W.B. W albert
p
1. When the day dy - ing in
is the west.And the toils of day are done;
2. Just to ling - er near Thy bless- ed side, This is heav-en,Lord to me;
3. I am safe dear Lord when Thou art near,Nanght of earth can cause a -larm;
~g _
r p p*« p r^
-!"^
• -^- -.*"
W-^zm
*
— s
:p_
s
fH-f-tpgb
(t ,
-b~ t?— — t?
=1
V- :t=t
* -*- -J- -cv u -5-

:jgi
When from la bor all - the world's at rest, At the set -ting of the sun.
In the sweetness of Thy love a - bide. And commune,dearLordwith Thee.
Trust-ing Thee, I'll nev er know a fear, Lean-ing on Thy might-y Arm.
_ -F-_-a- , ,
-flm^_m_n hL p=?=
-I p—1?~tJ— tr-zzfs- :»z^»=^4t=P=P^P^=t=fe-d
r-
Chorus.
k
-1—A—fH(t±fc
±a|iz:a|=i|:
— r4—^-_±-^-:
Lord, I love to find a se - cret place, And commune with Thee in prayer;
5=pZ=p==»=« t:
*"
S=ts5=kzz:|s=:ii-z|iz
— 3
"*r= " *-
t-z^-f-npiz^—pi—fjfc-|hri=ct=-
^=t= =
K7 •. f\ r\ '» w • -^--
—t—p— tr- tr- tr -p-v- E 3

I
==p—
^zz^zzfcib^—drzrj:
IE? — — — — — •— frn— —
_p
J^_P-= m_ Sot
ft ; : l Ji. p ^.
* * j ^
L
3= t=t
«*
--r
-si-
Share the ful-hess of Thy won-drous grace, Thou art al -ways there.
-A- -A- -A- -A- . -*- -aSs- I r\
— h- -ta— b— b'b— P=P-

-b— p— ,
I: * r •
r
•-
r
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Harmony Bells."

No. 42. A Friend to Depend On
Chas. W. V.
T--h—P+^-'--M--
--M
^* -A 3— L A — A
—— _*_^___^_^ ——
Chas. W. Vaughan
r^_
^
A
-* »; - / •
l.Thru this bus- y earth- ly with troub-le, sin and strife
life. filled
2. If there's sor-.3ow,pairj and woe broth-er, ev - 'ry-wherejou go There is
3. Then my friend, be ver - y sure of His iove, it will en - dure,

-A *•
9 g * -A- -A-
fea^fczxdjzrtez:is—-Js=i5— *:=£—&zz|izzf:=t-ztsz=:|sz=â
|~Q£=p—pr=l:p;irp=pz=p:z^=$—pzztt2 p— •— ff—t=P— tc3 =
"* * .. j
It is J.' -sus prf-cious Prieod,0ne <<\\
One who can fill all vour need. He will answer tihniyou c<il! it >on'!l
In vour life fromiai to da\ .let dear
FVj/Z-A A A _A f_ A L_ #=t
teZ^ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZLZZZpZZZZrriZZ-.qtZZZZ.ZZZsr^ZLZ.:
A A-XS. :a_la z a~
*3
_p=p=t==p=p=?
~fV imzz^zzd— z^zzztrc^ __ _^:

-- — "
n
o —= — - — h*A —— l
— — h— *—
A A— A --A 3— 1
£f-
whom we can de -pend.

let Him have vour all. He's a Friend to de -pend on in -deed.
Je - sus nave His way,
*" * • *. :-: x:
i=E— E--a— Is— !£-Exz= i=AZ=^— !— -^-==z

V—lt2--S~5— t=j2— ^zrFpzzit— zYzzz+zzztzzzz+zz\zzzzz zzzzzzzzl
CHOKUb
,—J>- -fc--fVT- irrzuj:
Wzzz^+zzzzI*—fci*zSzfcc &: » g:
He's a Friend to de-pend on indeed. ves, in -deed, I have found Him the
a- *-
iszz:*— bszi_ az'z*z

p^p=5==£=rcz=
Sav-iour we need, that we need; All a - long life's Storm-J way, He'll go
m— *S -*-flk.-l?i
:E=— tr^t--iZ=Z=iA-bA- szzzlsizi^^zfeizz:?:
>--d2=
iff— 5=C—
y
t— yP=7
£, — Mrf Pp=ip— p— t=p:=p:
5 -tp
pzrpEEt
V j — = .
Copyright, 19 19. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes

A Friend to Depend On
-jw-- ^- .-fi—I— J-!
with you ev -tv day, He's a Friend to de-pend on in -deed, yes, in-deed.
•— * _"c:_ T-_^_J. -- -- *
ggg^Ê^^JÊy£#E^^^=E
No. 43. What a Friend We Have in Jesus
JOSEPH SCRiVEN. Charles C. Converse.
it
1. What a Friend we have in Je - sus, All our sins and griefs to bear!
"2. Have we tri-als and temp -ta - tions? Is there trou-ble an- y -where?
3. Are we weak and heav - y la - den, Cumbered with a load of care?
What a priv - i - lege to car - ry Ev - ry- thing to God in pray'

We should nev-er be dis - cour-aged Take it to the Lord in pray*
Pre-cious Sav-iour still our Eei-uge, lake it to the Lord in pray'
what peace we of - ten for - feit. what need-less pain we bear,

Can we find a friend so faith - ful Wno will all our sor-rows share?
Do thy friends despise, for-sake thee? Take it to the Lord in prav'r;
f>
I
__& _* -e- - -p- • &-

.
£= -f
• -*- •
All be-cause we do not car - ry Ev - 'ry -thing to God in pray'r!
Je -sus knows our ev - 'ry weak-ness, Take it to the Lord in pray'r.
In His arms He'll take and shield thee; Thou wilt find a sol - ace there.
-f-*-
A -n^T—
I
—
ci
i
No. 44. Jesus, Our Truest Friend
C. G. Charlie Gray
A--J2 — A H— !
B 1
1
D -*- -#• «P
1. When we meet with pain and woe and the clouds are hang - ing low,
2. Peace and corn-fort He doth send, He's a sym -pa - thiz - ing Friend,
3. Just to feel His touch di -vine, just to feel His hand on mine,
There is one who knows the need of ev - 'ry heart;

And He knows when dis - ap - point-ments cloud our way;
Gives to me the sweet as - sur - ance of His care;
—A A 4
f\
A_ -A
IN
n hm i
—
^-^- „ ^_ . B — ^—^-^ ——
— — $=*=*=--
4>
hs
_t- — *
g
-P- J
-h- «f— gzzrJ
Tho' the skies be lead - en gray, we may to Him and pray,
Then takecour- age, look a -bove, trust His er - last - ing love,
Just to hear His gen - tie voice makes my ing heart re - joice,
•
;
h tn in
- ry we shall see,
Fine.
L # J
Grace to stand each try - ing test He will im - part,

He will bear you up with strength from day to day.
On, 'tis won - der - ful His pre - cious love to share,
—— p *n — ——
••- >- -I—
*— -* -i— -h- -(-- >
I
When
a
we stand
r+
with saints
-
i-
re -deemed
i
1
up -
1
on
—P mmm
Â
that strand.
i
Chorus.
I
— g
*
fr
fy
Let us then look up and. pray, trust in
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

Jesus, Our Truest Friend
D.5.
:-=^=^:nz^:
5?i==§:
0. J
t^
Guid- ed by His lov - ing hand, soon we'll reach the glo - ry land;
— *- _^
— V-m * m—
~~9~- b
—^
j l> P ^ ^ y u y
No. 45. Let Your Light Shine for Jesus

T. 0. A. T. 0. Atkins
-A- *
1. If you can not be a light-house Send- ing forth your rajs a - far,
2. Be a light for souls a -hour you. Lest their feet should go a -stray;
3. Give your life to Christ com-plete ly, Last -ing ser -vice _\ou may do;
-5 -^ ri ——* * r
—k h.—
t==t=
be
— 5— "B— tfi—
1
i* a — s
,
\P±
tjz
QE-^-l5=b—
*
You can be for Christ a can - die, Show-ing where life's per - ils are.
You can give your time and tal -erits, Help- ing some-one on the way.
Tal-entswill in-crease by us - ing, Bring-ing joy and peace to vou.
*
-r*
k — k - --%
,
:|si:
„ -p- L r-
Do not hide your light, my broth- er, Let it shine for Christ al - way;
h h
_-* - -i r A -A-j-A- A A
CU-
1
:t==
;~fr—fi-rjr—ft-4—j-|.
i
— — —— r*— Ht—— — --
cd
1
-T3
—— jj
a b«
i
r
•
i
•"-J"*
i'
*>
[H
i i
You will find sweet peace and com- fort Help- ing souls a - long life's way.
-•-
-I— -
A --=-
-#---
—A — •-
-I— -p-
A -A-pA- A A— |
£^ A A r-A-— A a
isz:
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes-"
No. 46. I'm Going Home to Gloryland
Ray Thompson W. S. Tidwell
j— a -
1.
— *— — — — — —
For the Lord I'll
r* * * *
bor here, tell His
la -
«i "—i*3 — L
love both far and

* —— t
near,
3
2.1 shall ne'er be left a - lone, Je - sus loves and keeps His own,
3. It is joy to press a - long, singing out the vie - tor's song,
, __* A A A
ffl
y
— — *— !
» • ~
-*-
'« ' -
^ .; y \) . . - -
As He leads rue by His power from on high, from heav'n on high

Al-wavs watching with His great all -see -ing eye, all - see - ing eye
As He leads me on to man-sions in the sky, up in the sky
„ _A_A_
— —
h h
_^_A__^-—
h
A A
I
»I_E
» » h
N
t—
s
A_ V1_aJ
ks>^
r\ IN
ti
fN
± 4
;
-
i - 1 1 -,
^=r=^= P=p: p
-43—$==$=+=
k9 ~— h*
— -A -A A A
- I-
-4 — *
4 *
On - ly let me know His will as my place I try to fill,
He, my Shep-herd kind and true, goes be - fore in all I do,

He is King with- in my heart, grace di vine He doth im part,
s^fe^^-fe
bv and by,
>: «L
yes, by
A :?.
and by.
:5: i
m
:f:
v
Chokus. s k.
k K k
*
I
I
am going
JTp ^
home to glory land, Je -
-
susleadsme
fl P
I am going, go -ing Je-sus leadsme, ev - er

-k-
A A _A A
HE
. ,
1 # 1-
Efert 1 1
i
i
^ J *
"
Copyright. 1949, hy James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes
I'm Going Home to Gloryland
by Hisguid-inghand;He will keep me, take me home on high,

He will keep me and will take me home on high,
jr-*j .«. ... .«. .^ k .
k.
— ~— p— bz±-
V'
No. 47. Tell it Every Where You Go
James Howe. W. B. Walbert.
$==£ 3fc=s£=4—af
hi i
ft- F±1
H rt— -3 -
1. Je - sus saves from sin, mak-eth pure with-in, Sal -va-tion free He doth be-stow
2. Je - sus keeps the true, leads them safe-ly thru, And hides them ev -er from the foe
3. There are mansions bright in a world of light, For all who do His will be -low
r> r> r>
-A- -^-
--k- -A- -A- "A-
-A- -A
-A- -A- -A- -Ah -A- - -A- -A-
-(*—r»-
iczzfc
=£— P- p=t=p
ipg
All will be re-ceivedand
* -L*——«-
of guilt re-lieved, So tell

P
»
|E
u
it
V
ev-ry-whereyou go.
Cheers them on their way to the land of day, So tell it ev-'ry-whereyou go.
And for - ev - er there they the crown shall near, So tell ev-'ry-whereyou go.
um
it
1
t*
D f
I — t-ft p- t=jc r=^=
Chorus.
-7<fr =t 3=P
-A .L;
v v
IB
Oh, tell it out, And let the weak and way-ward know;
Oh, tell it out and sing it cut,
±=&
-A- -A-
E=
A-
r{z — —££ -
r A-
I
-A- -A -A-
=5=^=
£=^:-
1— êeEE
£.
M1
r.r .; >
i«i=p:
Oh, sing and shout, And tell it ev - 'ry-where you go

Oh,sweet-ly sing and glad-ly shout,
I 1 1 F-
:t ? £=t ?2a
No. 48. Sinner, Come to Jesus
Mrs. H. C. Weldon, 0. Townsend
m
Jr. J.
1. Sin - ner, won't you come to Je - sus, come to Je - sus?

2. Don't re - ject His bound-less mer - cy, boundless mer - cy,
3. Has -ten now and come to Je - sus, come to Je - sus,
l£-A--j Ufc * A 14
8 Fine.
^-=^=^=^=F
IV IV IV IV I
Let Him save your soul to - day, your soul to - day.

Come to - day, sur - ren - der all, sur - ren - der all.
Come to Him, oh, come to - dav, oh, come to - day.
-is
B — -*——
-r. :t-
-i*-
k h j> r
:&
Come and let Him save your soul, your pre - cious soul.
Chorus.
Fl * d d a * —
Come, come, oh, come to Je - sus,
Sin- ner, come, oh, come to Je sus now,
IV v v - v
Copyright, 1949, by James I). Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Oospel Echoes."
Sinner, Come to Jesus
^ —
£
E^z=s==i==3=^s==?=E.\_
/
*
j
! A— -4y
\j i
A-=3
Come to - day and be made whole, and be made whole;
Come to day
-»- -•- -»- -»- -•- »- -•- -•- -»-
— -'—~t - :
w~— £* * =— * * *
'9-:-^-
Come, come, yes, come to sus,
Come to- day and Him hum

to
— bly bow,
-
—
— \-±
»-
-
^— g p .
- —— »—
:J=^=5=="=E--=====-—
No. 49. Pray, Pray, Pray,
Vida Munden Nixon Adger M. Pace
fc
f=*=&B3
-tr
1. When the way is dark be -fore you, And the skies are gray,
2. When it seems the sun is hid- ing, Fad - ing far a way;
3. Let no doubtthe brightness bor-row, From life's pass - ing day;
ry- -j- ft p ft ft ft. ft r -£i |ft
V 1/ I I
Fine. Chorus.
Tho' the clouds are heav-y o'er you, Pray, pray,pray.

In the Sav-iour still a - bid - ing,
E- ven in the vale of sor-row, Pray, pray ,pray. Pray, oh, pray
-<5>-
k * pft ft ft ft r 7£J "t

A- -^
im£jrz±±fcci^ --| - i_ BE 2ZEE-trzEgizEzK--|4— ji
D. S. With a hope-ful heart that's cheery.

D.S.
£=to
When the days are drear- y, Pray, When you're faint and wear-y;
Pray, yes, pray
Copyright 1946, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in " Silver Trumpet."

No. 50. Jesus Whispered Peace to Me
Rev. Rupert Cravens Elwood Denson
?-^=?-^3= -.3:
#T*
1. Je has spok -en
- bus un - to me sweet peaceso di - vine, blest Saviour,
2. Al- ways I'll fol - low where He leads, no mat-ter the test, I'll follow,
3. Sweet-ly the Sav-iour leads me on in path-ways oi love, He leads me,
— — — g— —
——
I
'
tt
-fcj
———
tt
— —
|r---g
g
tP t?
hn |
"
fr
h — *~ *
-&--
A-
-J y- :•=!£=
V -J
Giv - ing His lisht of love up - on my path-way to shine, in iul- ness;

Giv - ing to Him my will - ing ser -vice, do - ing my best, each moment;
Walk-ing a - long with Him. I'm near-ing heav -en a - bove, blest Cit
1
* —-
-tr-t>
5 £
— fv
:±=5=Z5TZ—
Glo - ry I feel with -in my soul from day un - to day, what glo - ry,
Wor -thy of Him I want to be, so precious is He, He's pre -cious
Noth-ing have I to fear with such a Shep-herd as He. He guides me,
J2*_
u
Treas-uresof heav-en free - ly en.keep^ ing al - way, al - way.
giv -
Sit - ting, sur - ren-dered at His feet, I ev er would be, would be.
Dan-gers cause no He doth keep me. keep me.
-m
r\ in
— *-
%
whispered peace to me, sav-ing my soul,

has whis - pered,sav - ins my soul, He saved me,
A-
-A- -A- „_ ^
Copyright 1940, by James D. Vauglian, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'*

Jesus Whispered Peace to Me
:£=2=9=IE=Ê
An - gry bil - lows ceased to be, He made me whole,
Bil - lows have ceased since He made me whole, oh, glo -
-- --
-
S?—
6:
-i
lows ceased wnen
D. S.
m ._b
i— 9m-
rV
Ev He «i|| lead me ou, Hold- ins: my hand,

Ev He'll lead me, bold- ins mv hand, ly,
-» — A »
k ^ —
fe
'
#
1__ a
__L ;
y
1
H will lead
NO?. 51 Gathering Buds

JAM£ i rCOWE.
1. a beau -ti - ful bud, Out of our gar-den of love,

Je - sus has tak - en
2. a-lonewill not do, Somemustbeyoongandun-growu;
Fullbloomingfiowers
3. Fa-thersandmothers,weepnotor be sad, Still on the Saviour re -!y;
4. Blooming in beau-ty in heav-en they are, Bloomingforyovandforme;
Fine.
-# '- "" *j»- 72"

Bome it a -way to the cit - y of God, Home of the an-gels a -bove.
So the frail buds He is gath-er-ingtoo, Beau-ti-fulgemsforKisthrone.
You shall be-hold them a-gain, and be glad, Beau-ti- ful flowers on high.
Fol - low the Lord, tho' the cit - y be far, Till our bright blossoms we see.
P±=t±zfc=l=zf—
D.S. Je - sus is gath-er-ing,
[
— f-z
i
'_,'
day af-terday, Buds forthe pal-ace of heav'n.
t"
ClIORUS. D.S
fW z — I
a t-\—\ 1 * ~4-H 1 1 •* » 1— \—fr-rH—
J I
Gath-er -ing buds, gath-er -ing buds, Won-aer- ful care will
I
be giv'n;
. ~
m=^$mmmS^^^m^ -k P «
James D. Vjughan owner. Renewal,

^rk
1921.
P—
No. 52 *
He Keeps Me By His Love
E. R. W. E. R. Ward
-- -«- -«-
1. I have glo ry un - told in the beau - ti •

ful fold
2. There is vie t'ry com -plete and as - sur - ance so sweet
3. God so loved ev - 'ry one that He gave His own Son
Of my Shep- herd, the Lord from a bove, heav'n a - bove;

Peace from heav - en I have in my soul, in my soul;
To re - deem us de spair, sin's de - spair;
He is keep - ing my soul ev - er hap py and whole

This sal - va - tion so great leads me on toward the gate
All may turn to Him now, at His feet hum - bly bow,
By the power of His won - der - ful love, won - drous love.
Of sweet heav - en the beau - ti • ful goal, shin - ing goal.
And the light of His pres- ence now share, pres - ence share.
.-^- —— —-•-
it"
-*-
it' J±r
:^-_
. r\
•» ' •*•
i
3?
ft
"r+
I
?3r-
-tr
z:p=p=U it:
D.S. Je - sus guides me so gent - ly al • way, all the way.
Chorus.
-a *
:^-zc-==8-
:±~
^=£
Oh, such won - der - ful love, com - ing down from a - bove,
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

He Keeps Me By His Love
W~A — ,—rrm
P
lood- ing my soul day by day, ev - 'ry day;
— — A—
m
IN i i»- i
-A A A A
D.S.
:fcz£=te=rf :=:£ —
^&FJ='m^t^ 1- -h-
it* :
z
1
^ '
>
In its light I press on in the way saints have gone,
^:iE?^=i : = in :tzz=z*= =*=
No. 53. I Hear Thy Welcome Voice

Rev. L. hartsough.
£-
?m A*=*=;
-fVi
=t =*=*
.
-.
I
L) I I
.
1. I hear Thy welcome voice, That calls me, Lord to Thee For cleansing in Thy
, ,
2. Tho' com-ing weak and vile, Thou dost my strength assure, Thou dost my vileness
3.'Tis Je-sus calls me on, To per-fect faith and love, To perfect hope, and
,— -Ai -A -A- -A-
precious blood That flowed on Cal va - ry -
ful - ly cleanse, Till spot-less and pure, all I am com-ing, Lord! Coming
!
peace, andtrust, For earth and heav na-bove.
-A- -A- "*" "*" ZZrET. 3*7
/t\ "£"
1_, * 1 _ _«i_(Z fT £l_ r £r^- r p *
s
SJ2:
=5=5=
fa:
tt= =P=P=^ t=&=
^= £—fe ?_==£
i§
now to Thee! Wash me, cleanse me in the blood That flowed on Cal -va - ry!
-k - i f^- . A. fc
* kr-rs * « r K' »—- * k-
ft* =*=-P F E £
£=&=tp±t=P=$
Let Me Walk With Thee
C. Cooper
1. Help me, dear Lord, I hum-bly pray, I hum-bly pray,

2. Oh, let me hold Thy nail -scarred hand, Thy nail-scarred hand,
3. Lord, keep me safe by grace di -vine, by grace di-vine,
rr. -a
1 * * * * r
'
v v y V V
That I may walk the narrow way, the narrow way;
Each day while trav 'ling thru this land, this wea - ry land;
And let Thy light up - on me shine, up - on me shine;
iaXi9-5 — S:
—
—i
i—
1
——
\—
r
rs
£=P=B—
y— h
FS
n— r^ — — S m —
— J-l
i
j
[
y v P
— ^45_
-1— «— L
Oh, keep me true and close to Thee, so close to Thee,

And nev - er let me from Thee stray, ne'er from Thee stray,
Thy keep-ing pow'r so strong and sure, so strong and sure,
-I
fcr
1
k — k-J;
1 1
My Shep-herd,King, for - ev - er be, for - ev •

er be.
I want Thy euid ance the way, yes, all
all the way.
Shall be my Ref uge.safe, se- cure, so safe, se-cure.
r> h
* I—
e
-i 1* 1
>-=l £-
:t3~ p-zfcj: LA-
D. S. And join the saints, on heav-en's shore, on heaven's shore
Chorus.
— —h—
Js h 4>-
Eq g.
Help me, my Ref-uge

i
Help me, 0, Lord,
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

Let Me Walk With Thee
l¥&?
;sî^p^^!E«ppiiiri?lF=!
Oh, keep my soul se -cure in Thee,se • cure in Thee;
Oh, keep my soul se - cure in Thee;
a A—
i
-A A
.
A W P
1— — r.a— -^ — * 3
^W-3---»— £=fe=
J
'p— p— pO
-p - — Hp *
:
V D.S K
.&_&_&— — P—
K,
fea 1^ 1>.
._ ^
P ^
P ^ ^__l
IS-,
I'll walk with Thee till life is o'er,

I'll walk with Thee till life is o'er,
-/
a « r A -
h D VIS
-a
D— *h P
a— h
-A—
,2ff_ —pit
No f 55. Whiter Than Snow

James Nicholson
pv *=t
i^t
-j — i-
:t t=t
Wm. G. Fischer
A ft-,
=t=* 2*=t
1. Lord, Je-sua, I want to be per-fect-ly whole, I want Thee for- ev-er to
IS
2. Lord, Je-sus, look down from Thy throne in the skies, And help me to make a com-
3. Lord, Je-sus,for this I most humbly en-treat, I wait,blessedLord,at Thy
4. Lord, Je-su3,tbouse- est I pa-tient-ly wait, Come now, and with-in me a
J_^ 1
af —*P J
a— r« — —*— — — A— J
*. i
I
I
J r-A A J-
=-rtf —AP J
A-t
:$
fetSS
ifci tc -[--
Wj—ij ^ • ^4-
d=t -«
£=£—
* M
— z I-Ed—
— — 1 1
ezE^zJ
[M —
live in my soul ; Break down ev-'ry i - die, cast out ev-'ry foe,
plete sac - ri - fice; I give up my -self, and what-ev - er I know,
era - ci-tied feet; By faith for my
cleans ing I see Thy blood flow,
-
pew heart ere - ate; To those who have sought Thee, Thou nev-er saidst no,
Sbt$ :^^R-^-»-N-a-H->j-j-F-i-H
Nowwashme and I shallbe whiter than snow.Whiter than snow, yes, whiter than snow;
No. 56. Over the Top for Jesus
W. B. W. W. B. Walbert
3
v lj p P P ^ u ^-
1. We are an arm- y, great and grand,un -der our bless- ed Saviour's com-mand,
2. With our great Cap-tain by our side, naught will we fear,what-ev - er be-tide,
3. God of our fa -thers, firm we'llstand,faith-ful and true to ev - 'ry command,
-3-4-3 M—_| r A)A- _o- -S--B — *— — * — A— H

-ft —
1 1 * * -a
4-P_^L_t
V — _^_^ _* b^_^ _ g_p_p_^_i
Hap- py in serv- ice from the dawn till set -ting of sun;
Sa - tan with all his fier - y darts can nev - er pre - vail;
Till we have conquered ev -
'ry foe and fight-ing is done;
—M-^-JL
———
ffir\ru~?
K
»
k
_-
[~n
r\
——
f2_^_.
J
i _|_ Ai _?L_-_ i__«_
8- 5 —M b p b
j
— — *
h
— — — M-lj^Â !
h h
r~'fs~^
I 1 1 1 1
a-
1
j
-I
ej
On -ward we go with nev- er a sigh,read-y to fightand read- y to die,
Con- quer we will, there's nev-er a doubt,forc-es of - ev- er we'll rout,
sin for
Then with a shout and ju - bi -lant song, praises to Christ we'll ev- er pro-long,
--
-Ek— r A
-+-T "I—
14
"I—
A
H*
A
— -* -h~ >•- -I— >- >- -N
5— P— p. -p- tk-=— k k— -J—
3E%EJ.._•-
-• -*- 3
O ver the top, we'll nev- er stop till vic-t'ry is won.
-
Un-der our Prince Em-man-u- el we nev-er can fail.

Glo-ry and hon- or to His name,the vic-t'ry is won.
D. S. - ver the top we'll nev-er stop till vic-t'ry is won

Chorus. k 3
3 ••- -- '- -- -- V V V
— •—
-ver the top for Je - sus to -day,sol-dier3 a-wake and has-ten a -way!
-- -- -- -- -- -#- -- --
m—— — *— A
3 -,-
A— r-A™ A
-A
-S
A
\-rn-—
A 1
A
n
A
— Ap— A— rA- -A (-
h— hn U a — ±c=E=3
z— *—-- 11 -—
— t?— b— 3
* r.=p— p— p.:

Over the Top for Jesus
ff — -i—
l^î^fe -*:
^
ji- -it—i—i—
:3~4= m
-ward march from dawn till set -ting of the sun;
— F* — —
-4—
-Pi— — Sf-fiF
D.S.
Ihp—
b u 1TV
^ k
b y.
y --
In to the thickest of the fight,standing for God. the truth and the r ight,
>. :p: .^ > iw.

-a —
-£- -A A — pt- -*
BBSgEEEEEB=
-
!
t
*:
9—*-'
No. 57. Only Trust Him
Rev. J. H. S. Rev. J. H. Stockton
±=^=± rJ-
^£--* =j.-L_-4l_- =4 zt=: :=t=

i:
j
-
r : r
1. Come,ev 'ry by
soul oppressed, There's mer -cy with
sin the Lord;
2. For Je - aus shed His pre -cious blood, Rich bless-ings to be -stow;
3. Yes, Je - sus is the Truth, the way That leads you in - to rest;
4. Come, then, and join this ho - ly band And on to glo - ry go;
m
h I I
#
'
'+± *- k- „ # # P ? -^L
tm. i- t— 1~~
^t=fr==3^=t=3=ft=& I t fe i
Fine
L+*4 :=i==j=Fq=
4=3=
flt=r -^-
i 4
And He will sure - ly give you rest, By trust -ing in His word.
now
Plunge in - to the crim - son flood That wash - es white as snow.
Be - lieve in Him with -out de - lay, And you are ful - ly blest.
To dwell in that ce - lea - tial land,Wherejoys im-mor-tal flow.
-k-T. - k.
—A. '
%z$z t=t2=t=
D.S.— He will save you, He will save you, He will save yon now.
n Chorus. _ D.S.
On - ly trust Him, on - ly trust Him, On - ly trust Him now;

No. 58. We Shall Live in Heaven
R. L. J. & H. E- P. k Roy L. Johnson & Herbert E. Pace
*-*-
9 V P P P
1. We're singing to-day of mansions of gold,
2. For Je-sus we live with gladness and song,
3. 'Tis bless-ed to know we're born from a-bove,
a_a
^g
_*
&_s—
P-4: '
— =EgEfEf=z
t_ — — —P-t— IA— ifc * * IA-
A_-A a * a.
p _^ rtru:
P—A A — A — *-!- '
A !
*— A-h —^l
-I— ~- l~s__« «- «_
p J p ? b p
In heav-en a- bove where none shall grow old;
With heaven in view we 're press-ins a- lone;
Now children of God, redeemed bv His love;
l»- . . . _
X-
zfc^^pz) *3, -*--

**--
— a—
P #
P
And when we get there with Je-sus we'll be,
No matter what comes, there's vic-t'ry al-way,
The Spirit a-bides, His wit-ness is true,
-k-
"
— — A-
-it-
rA
P y P
Fink
zzfj^-f:
£zl
TT-
P
Our joy will be full His glory
,
to see.
For Je-sus haspow'r to keep us each day.
We're heirs of the King, with heav-en in view,
h * * P h
— #— A_«
_A_. _£_ ^^_tl_tl_tl r
• -*- » k. k.- -k-
_
« 5 *
-g-M-r
In glo -ry di -vine,
# 0—0—0 — •— *-\
g— n— 5— 5— n— ry—5 -5—5 — h~h
for- ev - er up there.
m
Chorus. , „
r>
&——A—
L_IZ (J..41 — — . I
4-* —_A — A — A — A — A --—

—
_•}_-
mj
" * *
"
y d ;
'
;
We'll have a new life in heav-en our home,
We'll have anew life in heav-en narhome,in heaven our home,
.». .*. .«. .0. .00 . n R

fe w
& n
& N
Cooyriiiht. 1949, by James D. Vaughnn, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.

We Shall Live in Heaven
Where
A A— A—
cares of this life

-hAi——
'
Wherecares
P tJ
of
P
this
—A— *
can nev -er-more

p
can nev -er-more come;
P
* 4— P ~
_C«
come. can
* r
nev- er-more
P
m U x
life come;
i
r '
1 l
A — A__ — A „, * R-7-ff g- -g- W> i
-r£t —- A ~ A J3 ^-F-j
^
-r-gj
»,,
p t>
'
P P
-,— ,— S—B-Jfcg— * »
v
» —^ ^
The mansions of light with gladness we'llshare,
The mansions of light with gladness we'll share, with glad-ness we'll share,
-k- -k-
A _: A_ A A. r-A—A— «_A_„
E-jy-gr-^s- H— » -
'b- —— p *—
r-A—|»-lt—A—n—p—g—b-Rfc—»— W—
3=3
!
-p- rt-
j "8 J y if " y ' ' " p " " »y
No. 59, 1 Need the Prayers
. . . and pray one for another . . . /'he effectual fervent prayer of a righteous
J. D. V. man availeth much" James 5: 16. James D. Vaughan.
With feeling.
133£
1. I need the prayers of those I love, While trav'lingo'erlife'srugged way, That
2. I need the prayers of those I love, To help me in each try -ing hour, To
3.1 want mv friends to pray for me, To hold me up on wings of faith, That
_Ai A -A. .iî
-A-
L «
—A J 0- - r 0±—0 P _ 0—, 1
_A-
_U—
A— H— F
r—
h— -—*—
rO'5
K^ — A— A
l-r i
1 1 1 1
hi 1 1
r- 1 I
A- A A
— A '
r-
^
1 1
lj*
'
:|
p p— pr
\
I ij*. u * -i i
p r i
v
1
i
1/ U v v
s Fine. Chords. k *
T rMr^b^^^SÊSE^F^
*v tr- $ h J ^-^- ^ 1
i .
I may true and faithful be, Andlivefor Je-sus ev-'ryday.

bear my tempted sonl to Him, That He may keep me by Hispow'r I want my friends to .
I may walk the narrow way, Kept by our Father's glorious grace.
"
-A- . '
- -A- -A^ -A- _ -A-
fr= P 9 P
tf= :
1/ V U U" V
D. S. — I need the prayers of those I love.
H—-ft—rrM5-
— D.S.
^S
I
=t
-771
£=*=£
T
^fc y j 3 ^
t^ l
prav for me, To bear my soul a-bove,And in-ter-cedewithGodfor me;

-A- -A- -Ai . Ai> ^ wtt^ _A- -A. -A- ^ -sî
i 1 P-P
TT'l
Copyright, 1936, by James D. Vaughan. Renewal
u P b. ^
t: At
i =P~ U P P — 1
m
No. 60. Come Ye Out From the World
C D. K. C D. Keith
— VF- -F
V
F
V V
F-— EEl
1. Have you been to the crim- son, cleansing foun-tain, cleansing fountain,
2. Have yon tast- ed the word oi God so pre-cious,God so per cious,
———
m
3. Bless- ed treas-nre ofheav'nin earth-en ves- sels, earth-en ves sels,
gpizz zzizzz:iz:c£ziz±~~*:zz*zzi *zz: A — r* A * *

&ntffA~* F—P- F 1" ^ F t^ffc^k k k fc—
rrVr
•-• m— L# #^ 9 _! l_X| Z
"P- <*J P P
Have your sins been for -giv - en, washed a -way? washed a -wav?
And thepow'rsof theworldthat is to come? is to come?
We are giv - en to glo - ri - fy our God, bless-ed God;
_p~c —g ^— h
•—
-i -,
—L # •—--• — •
-- i — • •— cp
U
F
^
F-
S J J
P1 —
If you've gone back to seeking world- ly pleas-ures, world- ly pleas - ures,
Then go forth for the Lord and be His wit-ness, be His wit - ness,
Come a - part from the world and be ye ho - ly, be ye ho - ly,
jk. _k_ _k_ .%..
r-A A- A A A A — ri A 1 ,
1
j
—i._tAZ3Ai_.sz=a==liî=izi=tnzz:nzzipz^d==Gi==nzz::
fc-A
PPI ptfpppp****
-g|
.=3
——_t — -—
#=— — —— —8— -d—f=—
l
— _—— —
1 1 i
s
;
?z=ZTZitj?=z:,_
Ff-
*
*
Oh, re -turn to the Lord, come home to -day. come to - day.

Come ye out in His name and cease to roam, cease to roam.
Walk each day in the wav the saints have trod, saints have trod.
£-_t— tr_t----
-0- -0- -9- -F- -•- , «
—A A— r A * * -
-4
-*-
i
~ <J
—-4*
I
-^—
i
^^=| t=S—g= g= g=F— *Z^

'
r ' 1
pprpz-rja:
S. Come ye out from the world and live a - pa;t, live part.
Chorus.
UMUKUS. ^ N
.
Come ye out, come ve out,

Come out,
-A A_
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."
Come Ye Out From the World
------- p. p p -««
God is wait- ing to bless the pure in heart, pure in heart;
^
e^='=^ ==^=^ :=::
=P=P= *=*=Ff== i8 = =r=^ g~]: ^z :
D.S.
p
,-
-j, r « - p p
Come ye out, come ye out,
Come out, come ye out,
-A —A~
/ V i
No. 61. Lord, I'm Coming Home

W, J. K. W.J.Kirkpatrick
r-I & 1 K-.
WY V A. 1 P-l- — *- 1
* — Fb a —Pi * 1
- lg F-^- —
t) -- -- ^ -- ^ •*- --
•-
1. I'vewan-dered far a -way from God, Now I'm com -ing home;
2. I'vewast -ed man pre -y cious years, Now I'm com -ing home;
3; I've tired of sin and stray « ing Lord, Now I'm com -ing home;
4. My
soul is sick, my heart is sore, Now I'm com - ing home;
,u£f rf^-f — — *-—

r~~~r~[fr~ =fc=p= ^=p^z=g
~ * _ _
*
zz:pzz:* z:Egl=
i
fci=i=tAi=^=ii=^=:l:E=:: —
i i
i/ i k i
m
S?~
-J ; — 1 P-
zfS==±==(5=
Fine.
-- ^ -- -*- -- ^ ,
*T -*
-O 1
The paths too long

of sin I've trod, LordJ'm com-ing home,
I now re -pent with bit ter tears, Lord.Pm com-ing home.
I'll trust Thy love, be -leive Thy word, Lord, I'm com-ing home.
My strength re -new, my hope re -store, LordJ'm com-ing home.
-I 1
ST
-It 1
1
=EEzz£z=p=t=zEr-
i y P i i
- pen wide Thine arms Lord, I'm com-ing home.

Chorus.
— —=j==Ffr==i=: D.S.
KeÊ
'
•7i I V -Tri— =t 3=3=*

-I 1-
-O"
Com • ing home, com - ing home, Nev • r - ui
er • moreu
uiui to
uu i vain j
* A- £^ r-A *^ - "
|>— h P hk — — :
k- EgEEEfp
=p=
No. 62. I'll Be Singing
F. R. Fred Rich
I. I am just a wea - ry pil - grim passing thru this world of care,
2. Oft 1 grow so tired and wea ry plod -ding thru this world be - low,
3. Just a few more miles to trav - el then mv troub-les will be o'er,
&E P—W — 9— P — g—5 — g

=
g -ty y y y A- J
"ft
:*^z
» • • • * .
-J- i
my way to that fair home-land of the soul;

it seems there is no ref - uge for my soul;
I'll en - ter heav - en, my e - ter nal goal;
tr fc ^H r |
)
—
—*-4-J —
— a— l—i
|-* — 1
* +
1
m
1
— « 1
sr-%
When my troub-les here are end - ed and I reach the Cit - y fair,
But in that fair land called heav -en, I'll be sat - is - fied I know,
Then I'll join that glad host sing -ing, prais -ing Je- sus ev - er-more,
Chorus
T^-V-
43
-ft
*
9— •
_j
£—*
— ^~~F*
— —
—1
t^j
L
— — —— —— — — —— — — — —
ft
r
L
1
.
*
A
E _f*
i
. i
h
j_
ft—
^
A
4>-
i
A
-J
<^-—
LA
_ . *
1
i
* l
Z Z 1
1*11 be sing - ing while the endless a • ges roll, ev - er roll,
^*=P— z^zfezr^— =p=y—£=^=£=|:t=g:=^=:"—

Copyriflht, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
I'll Be Singing
In that bless - ed, hap- py home-land of the soul, of the
-t —
"— '
:
r- ---
^'lrp.=z:t2zzEs:=ztz=zcz=zt^^z=:s:zzz^=t
-p
— P~
p ——P -A h s> A J
D.S.
No. 63. Glory to His Name

Elisha A. Hoffman J. H. STOCKTON
-MMU-J4n-f- rs
1. the cross where my Saviour died. Down where for cleansing from sin I cried;
Down at
2.1 amso won-drous-ly saved from sin, Je-sus sosweet-ly a-bideswith-in;
3. Oh! precious fountain that saves from sin! I am so glad I have entered in;
4. Come to this fountain so rich and sweet, Cast thypoor soul at the Saviour's feet;
XXt £L B2Z3
ISEEEEE
-qua-* fends S h— H— tp t
t4t==P=^=t==P=r^=f=
Fine. Chorus.
=3=F±=S= ^~
ifi«= *i:
-& — *-• — I
1) ^— it ^~i~
—^ •%"
There to my heartwasthebloodap-plied,
Thereat the cross where He took me in, Glo-ry to His name. Glo-ry to His
There Je-sus savesme andkeepsmeclean,
Plunge in to-day and be made complete,
A *-—
^zt:=t=t==^==-;=t=Et=F=t==f sz= s
A-— A— r A
p-b
A ifid— r*-—
= A
te =^ «*—
zS :
—
1
f^^ i::
*
^=»
*
There to my heart was the blood ap-plied
a-— A- A-— - r A a — £j n
:tez=£
!&• a fc_
P I
1r-b
No. 64. Saving Love Divine
W. Oliver Cooper Harvey A. Lewis
-
1. Love in such a - bun-dant meas-ure now is flow- ing thru my soul,
2. Death it - self can- not a -larra me, though its com- ing must be near,
3. On-ward, up -ward I'll keep go - ing,tomwl the home-land of the soul,
b K| -•- -»- -»- •

—H — * —a
[(•r.-tf:-* -A-r-i* A A ii A A A A
J
—-k —k —hk
1
—} —P— P
l>
hi
—
!
s— J
J—
'Tis a great a bid

— Fa) — —— — — — —
1
ing pleas-ure when I know it keeps me

- -
g|
I a i 1 - F»- g* — —— a te-
m
whole;
Earthly beau-ties can- not charm me. and I'm free from doubt and fear;
Find-ing per -feet joy in know-ing He will keep me free and whole;
£-4*.-
=P=P
:=P":
8 —
_ H
-•- -9-
-| r al — »
-0-
af-—
-9-
f ^ * 1— r-»-
aj k- -I
From the full-ness of the store-house there is al - ways love, spare,

For the hand of God will guide me, be the path -way dark fair.
What- so - ev - er may be - fall me, J. can feel His hand
b b -#- -»- -•-
£ A 'i-r-A A A A A A *
^rg== ^=p=p=p—g—^=^—
Fine
&-* k — hk- -k-

b:
:p=P=p' I aP—Os-Fl—al —; 1—$ g|v—
And I find true joy know-ing that

in my Lord will an-swer prayer.
And I know He walks be side me, and - will sure - !y an-swer prayer.
Sa - tan can no more ap - pall me, I am saved by love d L vine.
ght3=jj-b =P=3= t2:

:p==:C:
D.S.Aud He'll keep me if I trust Him, by His

# sav - ing love
Chorus.
p p p p p p t • ^r3i
Love, love, puts the glo - ry in my soul.
Oh, this love, di -vine, precious love di-vine,
. —H . tp S3 9— jy * 1
— ..k. k _
P ^ P ^ P y p [Tp 1

Saving Love Divine
sezz::=: rar- g»— I * a a — —1— — 1 h; a :a! * s J• J

Love,
P P P
love, keepcme
PUP hap -py, free and whole;
And this love di -vine,sav- inglove di-vine,
—
§=
53.
i
1 «
rs
— — r* — -
•—«y P
_ .^p — B— * — k A R-
D. S.
*-a_
7 3 P P P T 5 P P P
Je-sus'love so sweet, endless love complete makes my way with light to shine,
<fe
Love,
E^ love,
/"SCJL-ig-: nJ£—g_^j£-ff
y -P— —
*-
:p: t=]
—
No. 65 s Almost Persuaded
P. P. B.
1, "Al-most per -suad-ed" now to be - lieve; Al - most per-suad - ed"

L'. "Al-most per -suad-ed, "come, come to - day; Al - most per-suad - ed'
"Al-most per -suad-ed, "harvest is past^ Al - most per-suad - ed"
3.
_r> -^ .p. #oîi h
=^
».
^^
i i i
i i i
m%4 1
[^ =i ^==:t =l^t4^=^= =--
i
j — fr
h
tt*
-a-1
4- ^ £=±
Christ to re - ceive: Seemsnow some soul to say, "Go Spir - it,

turn not a - way; Je - sus in - vites you here; An -gels are
doom comes at last; "Al - most can - not a - vail;"Al-most"is
-— i IN i #- #-
§ff-*
r=t= -y L *^ — *^- L i
1
h c
*4- =t=tc ^±
go Thy way ,Somemore con-ven-ient day, On Thee I'll call.
lin-g'ring near ,Prayers rise from hearts so dear; wan-d'rer come!
but to fail; Sad, sad, that bit- te'r wail,"Al most but lost."
J^d
1
# -*- «rS
at -A A
p— r— 6 EI -r «='
Lu -A-j
No. 66. Give God Your Life
w. c. c. Walter C. Carter
-45.
$=P
1. Would you be con - tent and blest, in your heart have per • feet rest?
2. Would you reach the high • est goal? Let Him ev - er keep jour soul,
r
3. Would you walk with saints in white in the heav n-ly Cit •
y bright?
— —— — — — — —
— ———— —
——
— — — ?—
A A A A A A A A A v *
-• • i - i- ^- p» • » • •
pi
|
^ p £
-a a y± a a a a h \p 9 :*~
— — ——» — rp—"jr-jjr-p^ " :_

-ft—g-^ *~~*~B5î— ra
y y
—P—Vk~~ T~P=
•
i
/ i
for - ev - er - more, for- ev - er- more;
SEE*
A " \—> - a A
He who knew the frame of man made for us sal - va - tion's plan,
He your life will mul - ti - ply by His spir - it from on high,
Come to Christ, the cru - ci - fled while His arms are o - pen wide,
-A A m. A A A A— p|* A * *
J j
Give God your life for - ev - er- more, for - ev - er-more.
h h
aL
'~;=£=:5=g -&_J1
<p—1 —S z
g
-=J * a A A
Give Him your all, He knows the way,

Give Him your all, He knows the way,
i\r\p\r\ fs i\ i\
-'+
i\
•i *» js. jL *L jL tr. i* :*

Give God Your Life
fes U P
:
P=£
p
5 P •
U .y
He'll be your Guide from day to day;
He'll be your Guide from day to day;
^ 1 X-
r^ h
v_:__ __ .Hi-
h .Ml-
h „.
*l *M-
r>
--h
.
^
-?-
'
-^
p=z*:~^=p^=:===ip=i
:5—?=
|SD. S.
==îxL-=^~i
4^- *
Mi 1 g -I
P i; P P
There is a way thru Christ, the Door,
There is a way thru Christ, the Door,
fefc=^=S "tn—-r: ^ Pt-

v — P— p:
<p -i
P J J J
No. 67. Jesus Paid it All
Mrs. Elvina M. Hall John T. Grape
&-
£t=t
SJEÊ 34*=*=
A— LiSd— A— L v3=— 3*
gr 9 -
— -* —3— L
u
1. I hear the Sav-iour say, "Thy strength in-deed is small,Child of weak-ness
2. Lord, now in -deed I find Thy pow'r, and Thine a -lone, Can change the
3. Since noth-inggoodhave I Where-by Thy grace to claim, I'll wash my
|«—"1 -Af- -A -A- -A- -A-
:^-Et=t:—
-•-— a • — SEt£=
— — *— Hcc=_p^p-
—— h ;tr±t=b—
h— q=p.
_5 £• A
~P P~~D~
Chorus.
sm!i-JZ_^ —— h—-& ^=W— F*r— * — —-!— r-f-T-F** —-— * — — he> —— —

r
watch and pray, Find thine all
in in Me
all."
lep - er'sspots,And melt the heart of stone. Je sus paid it all,
gar -meets white, In the blood of Cal-v'ry'sLamb. ,
-a- /—* -A^ -A- -A-

J
& ~*~— *— "-—
:f~ t
g f^ p k
^-fr~p — — bb — P=^~—
h p » — g~g--rt-— p
=Et=S
r— -M> $=*
All to Him I owe; Sin had left a crim-sonstain;He washed it white as snow.
-A- -A- -A- I -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- I
§Slg=iife=^=e
:iL_A a — F~
-— » = » — »— r-p-~
^ "
P P P
No. 68. We Shall Meet Again
Words & Melody by Floyd Golden Grady Thomas
1. I have loved ones who have gone to that Cit -

y up a - bove .Thatthe
2. Here our part-ings are when we see them crossing o'er To the
so sad
3. No more dy - ing will be known when we reach that hap- py home. Nev- er
-lit —
.£l.|Zk.
i*-
-«. — P — — ki_.k r k ,
— — — k_!
^ 5: *==£
-I--
V -j
nVr-^
::
.
:ai£
Sav-iourhas prepared thru His wondrous love; And I know they're waiting: there and trill
life be-yondthegrave,on the oth -er shore; But thepromise of the Lord gives to
from our loved ones there shall we ev -erroam; All the joy it brings to us we can
.
— h— -M*. — -r ^ — < 1
rrb —a— rl
— ^--r -T— — L *— r&— 1
glad - ly wel-come me. To the glo ries of that home in e - ter -ni -ty.
-
us a com- fort sweet, For He tells us of the day when a - gain we'll meet,
nev - er here ex - plain, Bur we know that by and by we shallmeeta-gain.
h -o- .
-A — -A 4
k.
fe £-k-=— k- —* 1
1
y
>— 5— 1
— t—u^-
Chorus.
— k — r"—
=3zpz= s
-ê^— Pr-H-tf y
What a meet - ing grand, when life down here is o'er,
Meet-ing, so grand, life here is o'er,
5% — ^g Pa 14— ^ p& — 14
^~F
-© n
T~ J
Copyright, 11)49, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
We Shall Meet Again
-— LL F=—- -W-
k k r- -^- u
r Fr p- t;-p- r
In the glo - ry laud, with friends gone on be -fore;
Glo - ry land with friends who've gone on be -fore;
.. -- .- -_
4 -l_
-W—
— r 1
1
C*— = -
+_ .p. .0.
:* ~:
Jillllil s:
1=
±=3=M:
m^
There'll be no good-byes, no tears, no grief
No more good-bves, no tears,
* I P
?
P
~Far—aP~bove -
I
the skies
—P
1
someday we'll meet a

F-t" J— P— p- - gam.
A -bove the skies some day we'll meet a - gain.
No. 69. Heaven's My Home From Sacred Harp

h 8 P h
L -U-
U i2 — A —— U*
Lj
|
«,-
A
«
*
«.
A
h
d .A
1 — L*w — _
W _i
W— j
W * U-,_
I
. —
1. Come all my
dearbreth-'ren and help me to sing, I'm go
He died to a - tone for the sins of the world,His ban
2. No more shall the cross-ing hold ter -rors for me, I'm go
Be'llgive me a wel-come, I'll see His glad smile, And that
.p.. JfL .«_ .*. .«_ _£_ _2_ _*. _*. .9
-* is: & 1
r 1 1
1
C^=P=Pp—P=p=pz=pz=^g=z>z=*—
—Ly y ——
-v
D. S. I'm
Fine. Chorus.
U_L_K K », 1
-—if Z. S8 «i-U5
Je - sus.Hesheav-en's great King.

fly ing,His
- un-furled. sails are Heav-en's my home,heay-en'smy home;
heav-en my Sav-ionr to
5
see.
pay me, for earth's wear- y mile.
$ _ « __* *^_ £
—V —
"p:
.. j^:
£^~I^Zi
w -y
—P——
—
:t
^
P=ty-
I
l.0
l
i»
g
_y
—
—
—— f-,
1_
r_
.
S-lELjZZ^,
—,—— — — — — —
_e — —
:p:
^
:=.
"2
i
|
1»
l
h
_
-9-
v
I
y
:
(_ZH
f
Je - sus, for heav-en's my home

No. 70 I Will Gather Them In
Arr. Jesse B. Hardin
=35:
'Twas night at bar that had long been made, leaned a rum sell er
'I'll gath- er in them
to a life of shame, I will blight and cor
He drew his last breath as he closed the till, he had fall - en in
"
- P- P P rk fc k
Szyrzbpzz^— 3=:|:=tJ=fcJzzt[:z=t2=:t:=r fc=^lfcz§==$=
old in the liq - uor trade, He closed for the day, then he paused to count
rupt ev - 'ry hon-ered name, Make wid - ows and or-phansto weep and monrn .
death,and was now so still, I said to my self at his sravethat day,
« — m — «<_
nzzzffcbizir|Eiiz|szz!£zzilszzz|szrt|ii
- — — *_:»:_5! —c :£
|*
m
liczz
—
•~p=tp— 12— 12= |rr= tata|=p=|=
=M*b*=^^F5=
—
zb=f±tr-fe=±=:
~
the re-ceipts of his trade for a large

&
F
a
A
!
mount; Just a
»
*
A
* *
L Al A
rel
A—
- ic of
at the feet of king al - co-hol's e - vil throne: Take the high or the
'In the wrong he has wast-ed his life a way; Tho'the law was his
* «_ *.
ipinzziB—tfc
D. S. But he tho't not of
_fJ
———U — l-U. — — — st_ _3-L# — •
-— J — 2 — * — — 3 — —
h
1 ,
1-
m
—. - » « »— LS3
— r-
ol - ly old to-pers, he, and his hair was as white the foam- y sar, f
low,mat-ters not to me, soon in one com-mon ditch 'ry one will be,
shield, yet his God knew all, and His wrath up -on sin had said would fall,
a
l*. -|*. .«- -ft. PL
m.
1 1—
»zz-: M
His ho - ly place and the rec - ord of sin that he soon must face.
1*=?^—B=Q=B=B=Et=:»=:;
V
=:ts
-r-
:
he spoke these words thru the fum of gin, will gath- er them in,
the law shields me, and it is no sin, will gath- er them in,
the sreat re-morse for his life of sin, he gathered them in,
_* .p. .p. .p. .p. .p. S
& fc*.. -a-
Ji _-ji: |E_JE k
H-F-=zrpz=:p=:r = ^=pzz:pz^z^ i-^p=^=:iz=p=
how sad the plight of > soul in night, For he gath - ercd them in,
Copyright, 19 49, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

I Will Gather Them
Fine Chorus
*-*- 5 ~3-
I will gath-er them in." "I'll
r gath
p., ^
I will gath-er them in."
as he gathered them in." Gath-er them in, gath - er them in,
• -*-
— h-
— — — * — — *— — —
i
r-*
iifizzpzttzztzrtzzSirt^ti—:is"- - a
"* r
r
!
i
a ~.
:z=bt2=t2=pr=tz
tj 2 ^ ^ '^
yes, he gather ed the m in.

*-£-,
"» (t |» • D
a den of sin, Their sil- - ver ana
in - to a den, down-ward in sin, Sil- ver and gold, their
=g=B~t=*Ft
._7
-f"n —m
.
n
3
^ ^
3 \-~—
r^ —p~^~D~C
^ ^ ^
'*pû
gold
T~D_ shall be mine
p
sil - ver and gold, it shall be mine

-e- -«- -a- w
% it
— v — y —y-
No. 7/. There Is A Fountai n
William Cowper. Western Melody.
r -A- -AA-
=t T
1. There is a fountain filled with blood Drawn from Im-manue!'s vein's, And sinners, plunged beneath that flood,
2 The dying thief rejoiced to see That fountain in his day And there may I, tho' vile as he
. ;
3. Dear dying Lamb! TTiy precious blood Shall never lose its pow'r, Till all the ransomed church of God
4. Then in a nobler, sweeter song, I 'Using Thy pow'r to save, When this poor lisping stamm'ring tongue
^ -A^-A- -±. -*- . A- -A- <*1 -A— A- -A- pfc 1 ^ -A—A- -A- -A- . -A- -A-
ud±z 3£
'4_a_[:^-|a -a— p-p|=V-^—
Fine.
.A A_pZ]_
f)~f
1 m =t=
Z).S.
r
Lose Lose all their guilty stain^, Lose all their guilty stains,
alltheir guilty stains.
Wash all my a -way, Wash all my sins a -way, Wash all my sins a -way,
sins
Be saved to sin no more. Be saved to sin no more, Be saved to sin no more,
Lies • si - lent in thegrave.Lies si -lent in the grave, Lies si -lent in the grave,
-A-1 -A- m -A- -£~
m+ m -A1 -A- -*
"
-A- a A- -A^-A-
-A- -A- N, " I
*=# f^F? =Wt=JE: p==^

# «: fa
t— S—
Bee M- fe*-
r-t-
3333
The City Coming Down
Harrison
1. We see the man - y works of men and mar • vel o'er and o er,
2. John tells us of that Cit - y fair, the home of saints in light,
3. There'll be no dv -ins in that Cit- y. no more pain to bear,
ffij&lH* fA
bg|=^ ?—p=g:z=p— ?:= ?
{* A A *
— ?=p - fe=p— »:=^z
'A: A CA 1£__ t U_
-t
fe I*— -frzZ^ZZ =^=pJ5— ^5=~--.=t5=T^=j:

m- -w-
P p
-y struc-tures they have built are found from shore to shore;
per walls and gates of pearl shine forth with glo - ry bright;
ing grief is ev - er known, no weep - ing comes up theie;
_,
— — — —
—
1
g
—
—— 1
p
s
p
I s_n • —
——— g ^
-1
-u —— t/
fr
y
->
fcfcds
J
» p —
5 P U-
and sea re-spond to man, his toils with vie - t'ry crown,
iour sits at God's right band, our King of great re nown;
of earth shall gath - er there,wherenev - er comes frown;
-p
'•
[n b •
But none can build a cit - y here like

He is the Light with - in that Cit- y John saw com - ing down.
I'll soon be moving to that Cit - v
-«- -t : £ :
*- t: * f- g*- .
-jfc- .. •*;
4z :': k1 „*•_
I
P ———— P P P ? — '^ 5 ^ 2-
-»-
^rzziErz^z^zzq^
I have a won -drous Sav - iour, my all I find in Him,
=i — s— p-
:pz=ii=:
y p y 'j 1
p "
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes
The City Coming Down
:^= ^^^: «-
9 g^J. .,,_ _'^.
He me toward New
,s
n— rl
a_j
leads
=
that
— Cit
"
- v,
S
the Je - ru - lem;
e# — — pi — #
s\ - s, z5
t\j — A
|-A A A A A A 1-* A " A A—
A-
In realms of end less glo - ry I'll soon re - ceive crown,
——— — — — E— — — —
9
~" A
PFr— 4 A *
K - £ A s* «
-s
t
<T»
U. L^
A y g
^
A —A A
|J
t^~IZT*~
# ^._ -i-
-±-
- - —
9
And live that fair Cit y that John saw com - down,
.«. .«. .*.
»
fcfe-r — h^ ^ • •-"-
-p ;
P — h»
cp
*
g — 0—0-—
gi
£ 1
No. 73.
JAMES ROWS.
I Shaii Reach Home
Howard E. Smith-
Solo or Quartet
IS I
:s-
j -#±=5EZs
m
1. Foesmay be- tideme,Darknessaiayhiderne,Christis be-sideme; I shall reach home.
2. Storms may afright me, Dear ones may slight me, Sin try toblightme; I shall reach home.
3. Bur-dens may bend me, Grief oft-times reud me, Strength He will lend me; I shall reach home
4. Heav-en is near-ing, Clouds dis-ap-pear-ing, An-gels are cheering; I shall reach home.
qt .- -£s- *. -V- -A- -£s-

=ctt
I
^fc
-k— r» «± =w=P F 1^fs-H m
Chorus.
---*-
^T
3d^
•J
He will not grieve me, Slight or de-ceive me; He will not leave me; I shall reach home
-*- -*- -A- « •.-'*--*- -A* tim 7^ "*• **• *-
«
> y- E
B 53 1/ * hi
.TAMES D.
-y-
TAUGHAN, OWJEE.
I
p
No. 74. Precious Story
w. w. Willie Willmurth
-=z-c^=:^=^=^=±=5=
p ;t g ^
-^
1 —— i
*
i — 1
u r
1. If you have(have the love of God,)per- feet love (per-fect love or God)
2. If youtrust(if you trust the Lord.) in the Lord. (in the bless- edLord)
3. If you now(broth-er, if you now)have a hope, (if you have a hope)
»- -0- -»- -»- -•-
~
fc-tL-î P~ A A A A A 53- -Pc
4-3
-C-
— —— — —
— *
k-
*
i
k.
*
1
k-
a
— --tf=:=fc=:ft:
*
——— J
js=±=s
&
— -r-0
^L±
—7~P~ 9— 3^*— —
__ r5
u
ft. -ft—
« czzi
t 1
—* s r — If
Sned a-broad(shed a-broad just now) in your soul, (in your hap- py soul;
And His hap- pv praise) you w«uldsin£,(vouwouldev - er sing;
His praise (and
Of a home (of a bet- er home) in the skies, (von-der in the skies;
-m- -m-
D
Sing it out, (sing and tell it out, )to the lost, (to the lost a -bout,
Let the song (let the glo - ry song, )in your soul, (in your hap -
py soul,
Tell it out (tell the std - ry out) to the world, (un- to all the world
-0- -0- -0
p;; — p«; A
-0-
A
-0-
—— *
zzz~
*
1^zz\t^zzz
3 ZZnta ——
— — t±zz — k — —— i
L-
k: fc k
-* l
= 1* =-
-0-
Let it roll, (let the song-wave ro ,) ev roll, let it roll.

Ev - er ring,(ev - er let it ring ,) let ring, let it ring,
Till your soul (till your hap- py soul jshal rise, shall a rise.
| — ^5
.
\-m
*
A
*
A
»
A
A
A
*
A
1
1 •
^ --# ——
-A —— Chorus.
* k
N- r -P ——— K
P K
P K
P 1-
.
I g — F*i a !
1 a!
1 J
p v. i r ?
Sing, oh, sing the mes-sage out, tell it to the lost a - bout,
Sing, oh, sing it oat, tell it all a - bout,
(•-. —A WA-V-* jfc 'A A A r- :*=S=rj

Copyright, 1949, by James t). Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes-"
Precious Story
r-trr-fH
Z—f-W
Sweet-est sto - ry
»
that can
V g ^j-
ev
_*•
er
at
be
— E» 1/
told,
,
V
that can
v
W -
be
a
W
m
told;
». n -B. -_ -. *
-0. r>
1 u
P I
'
x
"
pllg *—p" H * * F ZZT— IZZZI 3
j_ _fs pj
_n h
p
h
p £ ._| £ -D_r-£ E— -- fr-^-fr— -I
Tell of that sweet home a - bove where there's peace and

m per - feet love,
Tell oi home a - bove where there's Der

per - feet love,
-. — -k. — —— -
»
h
-I—
\
- — i
=d±rjziry i» _|tz=zp *-_ &— F-— -» — :
Hi 9 9 ~
fj
^~
£j j >
y j
f u y 'J
^
And the saints of God shall nev - er grow old, shall ne'er grow old.
F?-v st— P- :?=?=2==t=^==£*= X=L

No. 75. Blest be the Tie
FAWCETT. Hans Georg Nageli.
1. Blest be the tie that binds Our hearts in Chris - tian love;
2. Be -fore our Fa • ther's throne pour We our ar - dentpray's;
3. We share our mu - tual woes, Our mu - tual bur - dens bear;
4. When we a - sun - der part, It gives us in - ward pain;
B SEE » f
-l±
:EE
4- -*— r *
FP4
&=l=
•j -*-
:£E3&= A- ^3EEIEEsiziîzJiD
The fel - low-ship of kin - dred minds Is like to that a-bove.
Our fears, our hopes, our aims are one, Our com - forts and our cares.
And oft - en for each oth - er flows The sym - pa-thiz ing tear. -
But we shall still be joined in heart, And hope to meety a-gain.

-*--*• *. J .
i -m- -ft- S- J - ». J -#• -F- -#- J ». I
S3
s P £
33
No. 76. I'll Wing My Way With Jesus
J F. D. J. F. Durden
»j ^v ^ «
-
9 -
-
9 - .«_•
1. When the evening falls and my Sav-iour calls, I am go -ing over home, -
2.1 will natch and pray ev - 'ry pass-ing day till my earth-ly race is run,
3.Heav-en'sho- ly light, ev - er snin-in^ bright, is a bea- con un - to me,
-~ __
#- -# » -0 - -•-••-__ !
-=—
— A_ h* ft.
— ^ ^ ^.
,
_—
1
ft. ft. ft.
1
*
1
_---
1 1 1
/»r.-4 _A * * * A A A 1
1
tf 4g
—
fefefeiEfEi_=_=- I _-
To the Cit -
y grand in the glo -ry land, where no part-ings ev - er come;
I walk in will love. trusting God a-bove, till the vie -t'ry I have won;
Ev-'ry-where I eo I can see the slow in its splen-dor rich and free;
- » 9- »- -0 P- -0- 0- U. ,
w -0-
—
— li £ & A_
r^ztzp— p=p:
— W F
^3-2 :_ -y-
»i
—
zft=£
-^
.
—
gi
— «l
As I march a -long, sing -ing out a song, Je - sus al -ways goes before,
Je sus is - my Friend, e- ven to the end", yes, He is my Guide and Stay,
When the call hear have no fear. Je • sus then will bear me o er,
:
— — _— A»i .— — —
1 I will
g_.tZft.-r: __ * :»
ft*-.— _ —_— *. p. ft.__
t-
_— r-_- -_
—^— p= -_ 14
s: —^— — — — L
b>
1
fc/-
(--
1
'
p—
ft—^-& T _-_-—_ tj-
— -
3^S__£
fa :f—l=2z_:2—Sid
• ^— t?
p 0"
P
At the close of day I shall wing my way the shin- ing glo - ry shore,
to
1 shall see His smile in a lit tie while, for I soon shall wing my way.
At the close of day I shall wing my way to the hap- py, gold-en shore.
.__ -A- -A
,
WE
s —- <?. *— r-#-
_--r-_
|
-0.
1
_
-0-
_
+--
1
_-
_:ti_t_
—14 _—
—» _— _i___:r-ti». 1
_- 1
_!3z_£EEO=i: =^—5
Chorus.
A_
J
=-&• m— C
B ——— _ _ .
J
I'll be wing ing, ing,
Wing ine. sing ing, with my Lord I'll fly,
I'll- be wing-ing and sing -ing, yes,
hi -^1 ->
______ 1-4_
ts fo
— _
A A
—— •-
_
r>
-#_
i
A
l
- 0— ,-* — --
——
_-
»J - ;
pz=p=:Ezz:_: :_
-v/
— _
y
Wing-ing then, sing • ing then,yes,
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music , Publisher, in 'Gospel Echoes.'
I'll Wing My Way With Jesus
i=^=^G=
1 'I P ' !
On a cloud of elo
Cloud of glo to my home on high;
On a cloud of bright glo - ry, up
t}
s
r>
h J
a— ^-.pL_p -- »
— p —15 — '-— —
J?
- -g — —^— s> rjz :_y_:p5 — is:
1
On a cloud glo ry bright, up
©— lin'-rlzz*— 1— |— s=z«
• -#- -#
~a ——
— «— — 5— — — s——-"ZZ3h~3
5;
—
?* *
t" s
ijj
What a day 'twill be when He calls for me. and I trav • el here no more,
9_ L a
fr»-.
^—Zk.
— A A— HA
, _
9
1
A
_ .0.
A
.
1
A
.
-1
A
o
A
*
A
*
A
.
-
A
9
I
.
A—r
^. k. ^
1
V =—
A---
.&_&_*_*_*. & ^—^-^-

p P p *
fcj 5;
At the close of day I shall wing my way to the hap-py, gold-en shore.
-A. _A_ _A A.
(»-. —A A— Â A A A A A A A 1 1
H ! 1
A--
No. 77. Pass Me Not

Fanny J. Crosby W. H. Doane
^£î=i!~ :£ ==£ h =:: 3=:tr-F 3rrl-«-—

= J
F
= f = — —B- Pfg+ — —
e
fe
Sf-
—
=*-•-—* ? —§• *^5- r s— <s- r #
m
3. _« — i_tgj._:t — j_«^_|
a[
#— j- gp~~Ti
1. Pass me not, gen-tle Sav-iour, Hear my humble cry; While on oth-ers

2. Let me at a throne of mer-cy, Find a sweet re- lief; Kneel- ing there in
3. Trusting on -ly in Thy mer -it, Would I seek Thy face?Heal my wounded
4. Thou the spring of all my comfort,More than life to me; Whomhavel on
; -,— A-— A A-— A 1
A— r — — r*— 1
I «— r^ r±~ A— A-—
&fe= ^=^t=^-^=fc=Eibiz-i== S =z:Iz:Ft=H-.E==^^t
:^^=AZz*=^==^=:nzz:?=F^ =^F-= =t=f=:EEr-F^-*-;=:^ pz
D. S. While on oth-ers
Fine. Chorus. D. S.
5SB
y ^
!rzj:
-L^-^-L^.
<s*-
f _l
^ -o-
^
1,
1 I
L^J_
1
,
— _ tî
# 1
D.S.Thou art calling\Do not pass meby.

deep con-tri-tion,Help my un-be-lief Sav-iour,Sav- iour,hear . my humble cry;
broken spirit, Save me by Thv grace. '
earth beside Thee'Whom in kav'n but Thee?
-^j=f-j > k E=rer£=gftr-|_.p.L— 4jx=,E-*=J=PP=1 -
:tz=zt=zEsz:A = iz=P=Et=f=l
.
s
[
^^-plîz^t-^-t-z±^-^ 111
No. 78. We'll Live With Him in Heaven
Silas L. Harness
a —
* I* »"
y 1/ V <J J / -J *
1. Our Sav-iour came from heav'n a -bove,from heav'n a:>ove
2. He wrought sal-va tion full and free, so full and free,
3. We'll live for Him, tno' oft we yearn, tho' oft we yearn
«- -r-i~
-A a
r v — — —— -j
r. — —— ».. «
The gift of God the Father's love, the Father's love;

To give sin's cap tives lib- er - ty, sweet lib - er - ty;
For that glad day of His re- turn, of His re- turn;
y — t/- —y— k — ^ y — r^—
=-&-
A A —
*" f S ft ff «
-<e~'
l> •> l> I; \)
To save the 3in cursed world below,this world below,
A bet- ter hope is ours to- day, is ours to- day,
With toil-ing done we'll then go horne,we'llthen go home,
A A rl » A A A £_
— »p — h^— P—
.
»-
-»--
14
y —— A
y *
y- -A
— -J
3 —* — d— I
i/ * v y v
To rug- ged Cal v'ry He did go, in love did go.
His blood will cleanse all sin a - way, all sin a- way.
Oh, then be true till He shall come,till He shall come
. i\ in * rs r\
p h .«_ :*. * *L A. "* "± ^L
aI_
aI
-• —
gÊE
'
=£3=6—
. Oh, heav'n-ly home, blest Cit •

y bright;
Oh,heav'n-ly home, blest Cit - y bright,
*1 i-\ IN IN IN ,.
A
Hâ »~— •- d M M A --
1
'n~[^T= — j-
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
We'll Live With Him in Heaven
£—-^—^ — —^ —^- _&-,-+ T> --£-,
)- —^ =i CD — i j_ i**—£ — & _3
>k H |_C ^— 1
y y .
-y p. y
Where Je-sus is the shin-ing light, the shin- ing light;
Where Je-sus is the shin-ing light;

1
U £ U I
The saved of earth shall gath- er there,

The saved of earth shall gath- er there.
V V V V V
and
ry bright fair.
To live in glory bright and fair, so bright and fair,
:£
A iLjfc. a
— — —»—
*- .«L
-r) —— h;
p H B "f-
g !-
—
==^-b (
No. 79. Enough for Me Rev. E. A. Hoffman.

E. A. H.
as
I±
-fv
--+--
n
£ f r
*
1, love sur •
pass • ing knowledge! grace, so full and free!
1. won • der '
- fnl sal • va - tion! From sin He makes me free!
3. blood of Christ, so pre eious, Poured out on Cal va - ry!
» * » jO *- A-
If , ;
±
C7w>.
±t
And that's e • nough for me, O
£
that's
=£
e • nough
£ for me;
B.C.
b i , , ,
h"
-&
know
-Ar^-
that Je - sus saves me, And

i
that's
~9
e -
3
nough for
~9 ^5^
me.
feel the sweet as sur - ance, And that's e - nough for me-
feel its cleansing pow • er, And that's e - nough for me.
BE
I know
ms
that Je - sus
^^
saves me,
£fc
And
&r
that's
r
V £Ê
e - nough
r f
for me.
-i±--
No. 80. Look Away to Christ
Rev. Rupert Cravens Lee M, York
— ^-^-^-^p-^-p«
g. r.al-A— A— A— *—A— ^j—?
P ^
*
*
ta A"
t
A » —ii
n
.
U U p <> l>
1. Look away to Christ, look to Him and live,

2. Look away to Christ ev-'ry day and hour,
3. Look away to Christ for your ev-'ry need,
—
-4-«f ^ ~
-e>
*
t
1
*
— —— |
*
|
*
|
* Si >3
,
h=i
*
*
_*
*
— "— — ±~1 b-
'
±j±.
: _L> A A A A A -^
A-
b-b-^-p-F y p p
More a-bun-dant life un- to you He'll give;
Plead His precious blood, 'tisthe cleansing power;
On the Bread of Life you may dai - ly feed;
-»- -»- -»- -A-
- +- -•• •- 0- -•- •»-
—
-t— -!- I
1— h 1——
y
L— rf*
1 1
S
1
1 1
C
1 1
'i
P__t 1 1
A A A A A-1
, -p-p— p— b~P"
^41
-=1— A— A— A— •— A-
L» L> P
-a. k. k k
y
He's the Living Way, He's the Light Divine,
Ful- ly savedfrom sin, from its power set free,
For the hun-gry soul, for the thirst-y one,
feEî^Ê|EÊpE^ E^=^^Ê .gE .g^^ j

: :
- g
——
—t— t^-^-p-p-p— —
— ^— » s, a * n ^— §"— ^^— F» s — —*— s
* *— 1
g ^— h— h—h
.
£r P
p P - Lh
p—b— ^ b-
r4 U—— H—
In • to ev-'ry heart He would come to shine.
You will then rejoice, shout-ing vie - to -ry.
Thereis food and drink, in the Father's Sdn.
-A_ -A. -A-
»- -9 »
;-*\- -5 — =«=5=P=P=S-S=^=t=-
2
!
±=trp=:i: *-p
-b
1
zz=:|
Chorus.
i-H
®_a g
~
1 -_a_a_a_a_A— £=•— »
^ t> i> * x
ta.
'
^ p p
HI
Look a-way to Christ, He's the Saviour true,
Look a-way to Christ, He's the Sav-iour true,
-». .0. .p. .0. .0.
A 1-
5==^=b^^=0=:p=p=
Look Away to Christ
w D i $ $ p u
Let Him keep joar soul ail the jour-ney thru;
Let Him keep your soul all the jour-ney thru;
• »- -»- -»- -•- #- -•-

r (— 1— -m
— — ^—
1 1
*—
1 1
I
f-* * A- * A
:zi « # # « m -fc
—
!
-
k — *~ k —
r>
a ~
rT~5 "j
p p P P P
His a-bun-dant grace He will dai- Iy give,
His a-bun-dant grace He will dai -Iy give,
-A. A. .A. _A_
=— — f— — —
.A.
^ p'
fe— r V— — ^— ^'—>-i :t :
5 h3=0=^z=p=t3:
-*—
^-*r
S U-\-yn
—^-^-hag-fca-
-— PH!— P— P— P—
J~="— t?—
H— Bi3=z==
-»
-m a
U-H-trU^tr-P-*- -
-^ -^5=b3^=
p
Look a-way to Christ, -look to Him and live.
Look a-way to Christ, look to Him and live

^
.A. .A. .A, A. .A. .A. .A. .A. P h ft fo
*
— ±_
f)
No. 81. Where He Leads Me

±i
:s:
-G-
V
-m-
-&-
^t- * -
P
-a- -<£>-
1. I can hear my Sav-iour call ing, I can hear my Sav-iour call - ing,
2. I'll go with Him thru the gar •
den, I'll go with Him thru the gar -den,
3. Hs will give me grace and glo ry, He will give me grace and glory,
m
-#i
H£3=s w-
-»- -P- -e- -»-
22z3_JC__b:
t-
=£
y I
D p r u
Cho. Where He leads me I will fol - low, Where He leads me I will fol - low,
-) — D-4 :# £=£: t
ad
JE
lib D. C. for
fc5B
Chorus.
-s: fc 3=£ -•- -»-

to? czs-
-m-
V /
I can hear my Sav-iour call ing, Take thy cross and fol-low, fol -low me,
I'll go witn Him thru the gar den , I 11 go with Him , with Him all the way '
«=£
fe
He will give me grace and glo
Where He leads me
**- *=
I
— -4—£-l-
£
i-
will
m
ry, And go with me, with me all the way
•
^L-k- P-^-P-K *±*

fol - low, I'll go
L
with Him, with Him all the way.

fen
No. 82. Down Deep in My Soul
J,B, Jimmye Boyd
^ _D EL_b— ± _ :
— 3=r^- _= —
1. Down deep in my soul a won -der
2. Down deep in my soul 'tis ring ing-
3. Down deep in my soul I'm hear -ing

. A A
song Is ring- ing each day,

day, It fills me with love,
now While un - to my Lord,
1 ^ 4
y y 5 .* Lp
to cheer me a - long, to cheer me a - long; It is a new
drives sor-row a - way, drives sor- row a - way; I'm sure it was
in rev'rence I bow, in rev-'rence I bow; It draw-eth me
2 — i£-
=B=
And af ter a -
"^
==—;—3t^h3h£j£==Z _—
h
g H- tz»_b=J—
-fa= =:==
song of glo - ry
sent from heaven
on to heav-en
.A a A A- -A A A
-A A A A- -A A A A
7- $— 1>— p-
wbile, with those that
And sure - ly it must for - ev - er be

Right from the great throne of won • der - ful
This song that now rings down deeu in my

p. .». .«. _ k.
(_ J— 4— -j—
A —
—
_(*.
3 — ^: — ry *—*>'
A- I-
#
'
m » '
»
"
# .
-
I'll sing it a - loud, in heav - en

ei
Copyright 1949 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,"
Down Deep in My Soul
Fine. Chorus.
tni: V, — —
If l> ? p" ^ H
mine, for - ev - er be mine. Down deep in my soul,
love, won-der- ful
oi love.
soul, down deep in niv soul.Down deep in my soul,
p
'
p ft fc) p h ,1 ^ h ft ft h h
k
r a— A * A A_ iJ_
p__
Wp
bove, in heaven a- bove.
P
P a »
tzp. — ~ -i—
h ft ft P P
^—y—0—f=-t^-
i beau - tl ful song
a beau - ti - ful song Is bring - ing me
P P P
—
ft ft
*1 ~
gg-
fenz-r= ^L
13
•f-
=1=^=2=1
D.S
--&- —FV-
a
— hPa — 1P —Pf £z3g=g:
-'
.ty
tf
p 1
P t'" P
Is bringing me joy, yes, all the day long;
]oy, yes, all the day lung. yes, all the day long;
"
P ft ft P . P -*- fit *- «- 5k- -k- -k •*-
g— R-
Sfcszzr —— —=rn±r0—p-t;r-5"CJ~tiz=pz=5= 1"
v
No. 83 God is Present Everywhere
J. H. FILLMORE.
.j-
iS« i ~r
3
1. They who seek the throne of grace Find that throne in ev 'ry place;
2. In our sick-ness, in our health, In our want or in our wealth;
3. When our earth -iy com -forts fail, When the woes of life pre - vail,
. A A M. A A 42. ^ 4«_ . it
£=ct
£EEE
3t
I -p ""1=1 '
9 - I
If we live a life of pray'r, God is pres • ent ev - 'ry • where,
If we
look to God in pray'r, God is pres ent ev - 'rv • where.
"lis the time for earn • est pray'r, God is pres - ent ev - 'rv - where.
1=1
-P- _
E
-6c- #• -
S^
*. -kr .. -fcr
No. 84. Jesus is My Light
C. E. D. C. E. DeWeese
_tfc \J y_ r _ î_>_;J + h-. ^ $5_

A __*j W _ i : iiS :
IH IA. JJ
1
I i
'9'-
1. In the Bi we are told of Christ

- le di - vine, Christ di - vine,
2. If we walk the straight and narrow way as told, way as told,
3. Some glad day from this old world we shall de- part, shall de- part,
_.'._...._
F>i a ——— a
±:
p. F A-
!
r> n
u p
p \) J b i
— — —^-ff=
.
__ 3 —h - . — -« =£ h
£f-» 3— *— (7— y
How He came that light up- on our path might shine,free - ly shine;
We His bless- ed light and glo - ry shall be - hold, shall be- hold;
And for man-sions bright in heav • en we shall start, we shall start;
tnL=3=rfLi=fe=|L
:pz=p— p=p=p:
On the cross He died to set the cap- tives free, set them free,
He will make us light to all the world a - round, world a - round.
We shall sing and praise the Sav- iour as we fly, as we fly,
h h h
£mm ttJU:
-*
r>
A
_*_
A A A
-A a —
P f~~ u u P
Oh, what blest re- deem-ing love for you and me, you and me.
Tell-ing how His great sal- va - tion doth a - bound, doth a - bound.
Go - ing to our home of light in heav'n on high, heav'n on high.
, k. jfu «k
: » »t— • # zz:zl:~~zz:î
:p=^=^:
±zLr=l2=En=rtzzz I
Chorus.
— —A — F^r—
f^—P
|ffl
*
fr-Ar=- A A A A ^P
A'
— ^J—
A— F*f
—f-A-^- A — — —-—i
A-
1
A A ]
t) p $ p P t? T> P "D
I am saved, oh, hal - le - !u - jah! Je -sus' blood now cleans-es me,
._j£i_
c
^p^_Jt—p-_t: te=fc —— 1»
fcz
L
p— E^ p— 1?
P— C ]
Copyright. 1949. by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."
Jesus is My Light
ff—ft M-4--P -
z^zpztS- j»
i — h- ^-
3=3
41
$=£=*==!
1=
On - lj Christ can save the sin - ner, break his bonds and set him free;
*3E=fei
jt--"—
A
«
A
— [-*- t"N_!
A A A -A A
ZU
A w&— t«ji
i
^- \-
^
A
«,
A
#
A
^
A
]
%
\^j
*j—* j pj p j p p [j p
He who died on lone - ly Cal - v

r
ry, bore the shame and ag - o - ny,
iA =t =E=E: :a- a:
^__&__^_^__^_ _fi— -ft—-*-

*&-ft — J
— t*= A 3 *
A S—
o —
A A
1
i i
Is my light, my joy, and ev - er - more shall be.

shall be.
i i
* *
S A
: .,_*^
CS^. A A
No. 85. Asleep in Jesus

Mrs. Margaret M. Kay W. B. Bradbury
•V7 —7 W4
» «
A ==-* A i I A A L 5^— = " H

1. A-sleep in Je -sus! bless -ed sleep, From which none ev - er wake to weepl
2. A-sleep in Je-sus! howsweet.To be for such a slum-ber meet!
3. A-sleep in Je- sus! peaceful rest, Whose wak-ing is ssu-preme-ly blest 1
4. A-sleep in Je-sus! for me May such a blissful ref-uge be!
-A-
D"
r— ~\j\ t—\j—[T-
1
nrrqrzmzt
fe=^=£:pj: -1— fc-
3=
:± it
-T-
* A A— L Ar * L4
A calm and un - dis-turbed re-pose, TJn-brok-en by the last of foes.
Withho-ly con - fi - dence to sing That death has lost its venomedsting.
No fear, no woe, shall dim that hour That man - i -tests the Saviour's pow'r.
Se-cure-ly shall my ash - ea lie, Wait- ing the summons from on high.
fc—re
—f~^ -^*-^ f r£7ii
No. 86. I've Found the Road Home
L. HP, L.H.Patterson
ffl— z 4 _* —r* —i—

*—»
p p—
*— — L* — — +f* —
1. When I was wan-d'ring in sin I had no
com-fort with -in,
2. My man -
y bur -dens of care were, oh, heav-y
so to £ear,
3. I was so lone - ly and sad with no one near to make glad,
._
-A-
-f
—-£-___--£ —
m
£ f —— ft.
-A-
t" — -*-
r:
*-
f_jl_jl^ — •_
-9t_|5
>£zp =p—P=Ep—[:—p==p=p:=p=p=zbp— t=p==p
a a t|£ s [a i» a k a his a |4 ism
J
—h —--fy—=ta=t
*
-*—
Till
s
*
^—
Je
—
p—
-
p-
tr~
sua
« — ^ — a—
Y<s>
bade
E?"
me cease to roam;
J P U
Till Je - sus bade me cease to roam, me cease to roam;

-A * A-
:r--t--f-
m
^SE^fe
:(sz=a=!sr
-tp— t?— ^ — p— J
J=E=fc^=rÊE53
And when I heard His sweet voice my heart be - gan to rejoice,
Now I can sing of His grace and tell it in ev -
;
ry place,
Now I am shout -ing for joy. for I am in His em-ploy,
-W. -*-
§gp=p—p=rfc=fc—-fc—£==£:=
that leads me home,
_ -j~ -f-
-g- fL ^p

I've Found the Road Home
-P — *-
Where Je sus 19 a- cross the foam;

Where Je- sus is a- cross the foam, a - cross the foam;
-I u— -1 g_ g g g— ttfc-
.^ pj. Aj A A jj |t jg g_
—
-g
i
——— _
9-
i
m —— i
±*
J 9 V
No long-er now in sm I'll roam,
Nolon^-er now in sin I'll roam
F&*=2=> ±=3tz&b=
W A * A 2 L £4 A-
V\> -w g ; T; T
\) u
I've found the road that leads me home,
I've found the road that leads me home, that leads me home.
Amazing Grace
^
No. 87.
John Newton. wm. Walker.
ii3
1.
2.
A
ra
-
il
maz
fl l
M4"7lT7?1|fllf
ing grace how sweet the sound, That saved a wretch like
-
me;
'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear. And grace my fears re - lieved;
3. Thru ma - ny dan-gers, toils, and snares, I have al - read-y come;
4. When we've been there ten thousand years, Bright shin-ing as the sun;
A m—r^ A A — a — a k I p—
feg
mi
r^* i i-A nfil ,
T
^ -O - 1
I
^ -01-
I
I once was but now I'm found, Was blind but
lost now I see.
How pre-cious did that grace ap-pear, The hour I first be-Iieved.
5
Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home.
We've no less days to sing God's praise, Than when we first be - gun.
No. 88. The City of Light
Fay Wallington B. F. White
--- _-r-*—
5=£:h-_W M-± _-
P 'J J ;
1. they tell me of
Oh, a Cit - y o ver yon- der, o - ver yon- der,
2. To that Cit - y all the saints of God are go - ing, they are go - ing,
3. There will be with- in that Cit - y, great re - joic-ing, great re - joic- ing,
_ A _A_, A A A A A A A_ ——
*P- jfc-A A— j-A A A A A j_ A A — |— p-
;
h q
!
"-
A A J
P. .
P .
P y jy y P y •
P .
P • P y"
_^-*_E*__*_z _j=3:_:3=J--.__ «_E_c_r_= =_________3

:3__-^__; -B* —— -
Where no tears will ev - er come to dim the eye, to dim the eye;
When the Sav -iour calls and liie on earth is done, this life is done;
When the saints of all the a - ges start to sins, they start to sing;
—a — *_
N
a! — f\
_% _^" A A A— p- _-
1
g^»— rj= p— P- fr~ __3_^=|__Z„_fe_- g=g=t=_=]

__
, __- p y y_ L_ Ej
And they say that love for Je - sus will grow fond- er, will grow fond- er,
And some day to that fair Cit - y I am go -ing, I am go -ing,
Bv the throne glad hal -
__„
2i»-;=Ef— •—
A — le
a
- lu
A_ a
t__1___r_£z____ t=^=t=Pzi=Kd
- jahs we'll be
a A
voic- ing, we'll be
a =
voic-ing,
A A
—
—— h—f, — —D-~h — — ^^^"— —z______^_
-Q-b-f* r
je3__ffcbj_3_ii-^ z= H=H_-^=S=======i==]
y J "~y
k
P P"
i
y
&
y
h- r
In that bless-ed Ho - ly Cit- y in the sky, up in the sky.

When for me the crown of vie - to - ry is won, the crown is won.
Hap - py prais-es un - to Christ, our Lord, and King, our Lord, and King,
_A—
— F*
A_A—
A_ r A A AA__ft__A._A._-..
A
9—
A
*
A _ 9* _
——
_. r l_£*_
'~
w
^^
L__
— — ^£
— r* *
—
:y_p_L ....... __ .
r
Chorus.
JUL
- =r-g —5- ^_;_ q _g
t
_•]__-
— ;
0..
-*-„»— -
i>
: 1
—*— *-_-—a—
p_|_ j
5
*— -
2
a-
i-
Home of light, long for thee,

Oh, Cit- y so no night,how I long for thee,
—
hriirht.blessed homo of light,wher"e com-etfa
_1_^ #— T_ ——
h— p — --- f — -— ~ — •— •— — *—
k-» f
— y — — ? —r,-rA— a — * a — b —
---p--^V
si
1
H^XuTTt
1
B—r*
F-
a—
y-r-^-p-
—np — I
a—
-;-=i— }*~
r_" i
"
Copyright. 1949, hy James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes
The City of Light
1^_ ^ ft ^ __|3r t^____

Streets there I want to see;
Thy beau-ti - ful streets of shin-ing gold I want to see,yes, I^want to see;
PS
r>" &
-3=5- — K 1 - -
--r
-IS-
r'
>
? P P
— y U 1
— h— l b=t —
« — *— —1
—«—,-*-!?»—--=:~
Si P* 3 =rd
-=*-£-
1 k _. k __* -*_ 3k _3
P P u b » y u
Balm - y air, songs they Using.
I want to live there in Thy balmy air, for- ev - er to share in the songs they'll sing,
^ *. h
*L_£_JL Jj 4_^_a_a_-*â
r>
r> ^fchls
D_«LLi_bJ_ lj «v
cM—
?--
fcfe—- -
"*—*
-A
s — ^— =1 -A S) ~-|- ^-—
9n- l
-f^~^~v~~v~
r
r
Prais- es to Christ my King.
In won-der- ful praises un - to Christ my Lord and King. iny Re-deem-er,King.
- & h
*£r t>— __ -
__±_T ~m __ i _.J
:
— u— —
P' f* h
—
No. 89. Arlington
— ——
Isaac Watts. Thomas
t-Q&TT-
/
fffl
vli 4-
*>
/I
•
™
A.
*
-f>
"I* I
b
I
|
3
h-
J-
-
K
n
k.
R
J1
-
A
-
a
•
1
-t-r-i — A. Arne.
f- —
i
t
*.
——
a
^_•
i
tf
1. Am
I a sol-dier of the cross, fol-'wer of theA Lamb,
2. Must I be car-ried to the skies flow-'ry bedsOnof ease,
3. Are there no foes for me to face?Must I not stem the flood?
Sure I must fight, If I would reign; In-crease my cour -age, Lord!
4.
A
—— —
— —p_ in— ^—
-*- -»>- +r m -*- -*- -«- -*-
*. A -fa.
foPST
bz^
-f-
-^
-k
^
1 A
—
I
I
T ,
a
j
..
z
I
ip .:.,..
[i
— ^—
fc=£s±
i And shall I fear to own His cause, Or blush to speak His
-*-
3e:
name?
While oth - ers fought to win the prize, And sailed thro' blood -y seas?
Is this vile world a friend to grace, To help me on to God?
I'll bear the toil, en - dure the pain, Sup - port - ed by Thy Word.
-*- "** •*" "*" * - *
5 »
£
1
-*-
r ri
±L^~1f f- ^ -H2^
B # fc=^=
IT
No. 90. Keep Us in Thy Care
Dr. H. H. M. Dr. H. H. Martin
Hi— — ft h '
1— 1 r 1
-• -- -- -- W * ;2
Oh, bless
1. - ed Lord, help Thy hap - py praise be
us to sing - low,
2. Help us to walk close by Thy side, each mo-ment of the day,
3. Life un- to us would seem so drear,witb-out Thy hand to guide,
Help us to Thee each moment cling, while here we on-ward go;

Be Thou our help-er and our Guide, as we go on our way;
That's why we need Thee Lord,to cheer, come, Thou, with us a- bide;
:»-:-v -|— =1
^g=^3S=E3=E
=j— =— =?-=; q= - --' ^
=3=5Ei^
?_pSi_- 1
Help us to live our lives for Thee, while in this world we stay,
Leave us no ne'er to walk a - lone, keep us with - in Thy fold,
Give un - to us a heart of love, filled with the Ho - ly Ghost,
-A- ~£:-2
— r^ *
» • * " *^ — r^r
rfz=|I=?=^=?=Et=t=r^=fls==|K==:|K-=="z==f=:Et=H=i§
* ss r
-
Is"
5- -•
m=r. P=t2— t=t=Fff.— p=|=izF|:=zt3zz=t2===zb=E==d
ill
That we some day Thy face may see, in heav-en's land of day.
Till we shall see Thee on Thy throne, be-yond the gates of sold.
Love that will lead lost souls a bove,there with theheav'nlv host.
—k
-A-
+--
-A- _
F- - -*-
-I—
-A- -W-
- 1--
-
&_ -A-
+--
-*-
— -- m
\S~
-l~-
k k fc. k — r-
r-r
1
I
t H~
-
h
1"
h"
_L, 1
P-(-© V •- -.#_U__ -I
Lord, keep us in Thy care, And lead us ev-'ry-where,

Keep us in Thv care, Lead us ev-'ry-when^
=ls=t
v 9
Copyright, 1949, by James 1). Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes-"
Keep Us in Thy Care
« r-b-£-
3ES
.? P ." P \>
fel
Each mo-ment be Thou near, till day is done;

Be Thou ver -y near till day isdone,tillday is done;
- -P-
:===^=:F?=t=t=-=t=l=t=t=pt=-='=t=t:=3
"P p p —p p~ trir -tr-rr
v — » — ^—5
Chil-drenof Tliiue own, Leave us not a- lone,
We're children oi Thine own, Don't let us walk a- lone,
1 X 'A- A J.J.A i
1
I
S
a
_#_ C * «— r «- A -*
_~ _ _ ._ IN_ IN_ IN FN !> IS IN .
§Â=2=«=:2=E~t=======
J=
—
— Ph
[-
———•—— — o-
— J
d I-
Till safe be-fore the throne And the crown 13 won.

Safe before thethrone,And the crown of life is won.
-i—
trrtr
No. 91. America
Samuel Francis Smith Henry Carey
A 1— 1
to=^=tp=^=£fcj=i=fc^^=1=f:h=fj==j=r:
-•- -•- -*-• * *
r - -•
1. My country 'tis of thee, Sweet land of lib-er-ty, Of thee I sing; Land where my
2. My native country thee, Land of the no-blefree,ThynameI love; I love thy
3. Let mu-sic swell the breeze,And ring from all the trees, Sweet free-dom's song; Let mortal
4. OurFa-ther's God! to thee, Author of lib-er-ty, To Thee we sing; Long may our
0. -#. »- -P- -F- -•- . -#
I 1
r-l 1
1
H 1
P— ht^-hA
F —r i
c
t—b—F- -|~r— r— — C
l
1
c c-
:^=$: -P --$
4=
i^=|=tiEiEiEEi3EsfeEEg zr -* —»
fa-thers died, Land of the Pilgrim's pride, From ev - 'ry mountain sideLet freedom ring,
rocks and rills Thy woods and tem-pled hills My heart with rap-ture thrills Like that a - bo ve.
, ,
tongnes awake, Let all that breathe partake,Let rocks their si-lence break, The sound prolong,
land be bright With freedom's ho -ly light, Protect us by Thy might, Great God, our King.
-•^ -»- -»- -m- -•- 9- -9- -»- • J 1 r> 1

—
E 14 A tk- E=j
k=fcct=t=E:
-b-
,==£=£=£ Ht
* * h* = 1
hi 1
pi 1
The Meeting Grand
Darius Green
1. There bewill a hap - py meet - ing, hap - py meeting,

2. What time a of great re - joic • ing, great re -joic- ing,
3. Could you stand to - day in judg-ment, stand in judg-ment,
_. — _ A A A A — A A A.
JN l\
•- i—fc—t^
When the saints are called a - bove, are called a -bove;
With re - deemed ones by and by, yes, by and by;
Ful - ly saved and jus • ti - fied? yes, jus - ti - fied;
IN
—
IN
_ A m ai_
-P 1 p_.
Idl
To the home of our dear Sav- iour, our dear Sav- iour,
We shall sing and shout ho - san -nas, shout ho - san nas,
Look to Christ for full sal - va - tion, full sal - va tion,
IN in
--*
:Sz=a=:p=z:pzzti:
U [> I) U
In the courts of won-drous love, of won-drous love.

To our Lord at home on high, at home on high,
Have His pre cious blood ap - plied, His blood ap- plied.
»-
*>
h P ^
E=SEEt£ -<AJ
Oh, what ioy to see the Sav -iour,

Oh, what joy to see the Sav -iour, Christ, the Sav- iour,
A 1
b"
"
Copyright 1949 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,
The Meeting Grand
Oh, how sweet that meet - ing grand;

Oh, how sweet that meet - ing grand, that meet - ing grand-
fr-frfe—ft
Shak-ing Hands
&-
-i
«•-
— --
with friends and loved ones,
i-
--
——— _
^
Shak-ing hands with friends and loved ones, friends and loved ones
_
^
1-_
^
^
-<s>>-
#
--
v
—
IN >
.
I -I UP U U
p
EJff"?
= ?= F^ == ^~
~?
=i=fe E; :=:====::=:~=:===:= =
•j
In the bless - ed glo land.
In the bless ed glo '
ry land, the glo - ry land.
1
-•- -•-
--r> --
r>
J I i
— r-I—
A- — t- -2. -2- -•-
No. 93. Bethany

S. F. ADAMS. Lowell Mason.
a
&t
& ^
^ 3±^ ^ ^ -^ry. =M hv»
3*
1.
^-
Near- er, my God
~
to Thee, Near-er Thee!

3 a
to
sfed ZT-
E'en tho' it be a cross

V -5- -î"
2. Tho' like a wan -der-er, Daylight all gone, Darkness be o - ver me,
3. There let the way ap-pear, Steps un - to heav'n; All that Thou sendest me,
I. -fcs-
^*R^
:± tSs^-
D.
2fc
S.— Near-er, my God to

S Thee!
FlNR , , , , D.S.
& £J<_SJ
3^ 5? 5? i — —AH
£t 1 3=£*
M. *
That rais - eth me! Still all my songs shall be, Nearer, my God to Thee!
My rest a stone, Yet in my dreams I'd be, Nearer, my God to Thee!
hs-
1
M
In mer - cy giv'n;
-k-
i wi
^—
An
I
- gels to beck - on me, Nearer, my God to Thee!
h- 1
1 1
k
:*_. 1—
&>
ia
-F?
— al-
fl-
Near - er to Thee!
No. 94 Jesus Leads the Way Home
w. p James W.
—
j. Poole
-v M
-Z— IPhfe . .
. -4—1
A—ZL ^==p^=4p
£i a j r^-^^
A A ^-—^-Ji
f.
\? v i> u 'j v
To the home of love on the gold-en strand, on
the gold-en strand;
We shall have with frieuds in the glo ry-land,iu the glo -ry-land;
-
Far removed from sin and the world of care, and the world of care;
, -4-a
z^fzznzz*zFbz:zzzzzzzzzzzzD:z*zz*zz:z zz:Ez
— s— -E
2!-
-A A A—
1
y ' ' ^ ? '
"Tis a place of joy where no can come,

grief
He will be our King sit - ting on His throne,
We shall sing new songs by the cry-stal sea.
:$zzs:z:2zzjz_pqz=zzzzzzzzzzzzzz:zpzi
-0-0- ^m
A A — A •— r-A — A —
P D * •
P
I am moving on to that home sweet home, to that home sweet homo,
And withwel-coine smile will re-ceive His own, will re-ceive His own.
Sharing joys un-told for e - ter - ni - ty, for e - ter - ni - ty.
f? ft h
_5_A_A_A — A -_*
V -«
b J* h
-.4 f,"
'
te^=g-EE Efc -?— I)

w—
Chorus
^ d
=
U '
A
r— !
— A— A
^
a— A— -A- -a —
"
«! A -
U
1
P 9 v
m
V
'
U
Je sus leads the way, (Jesus leads the wav.)bless His Ho-lv name, (bless His Ho- ly name,)
^Z^_ZZAZZZZ_E^ZZZZZZZZZZZZ^'ZZiZZZKZZ.t=EzzZZZZtZ=»Z=»ZZ:t=]
CoDyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes/*

Jesus Leads the Way Home
._- &-
M-g- g • « —
—— y
I
l-- 1
I 1
-«_g k -
3 u
r " " y u ^
J t
He's mj Shepherd true, ev-'ry day the same;

He's myjShepberd true ev-'ry day the same, ev -'ry day the same;
— r~ ±— t t £ 4 A ^ =-r» 1» — — ——— — — — •— — — *— = =
p J __«^ pj A— A A— A— n — \~ A A A A *—
P g ^ J ^ -
v
IJ ' ! IJ
^ — ' \>
5
1 will heed His Toice, clinging to His hand,
I will heed His Toiee,cIinging to His hand, clinging to His hand,
"""" ~~'"
H fc h h
& i' K n
h k n k n h h j
n
~
fc| i i
_
T^?__r"_îl r JZ_A_A_A_A IZ->i _ Al * ,
V— a - .k. k. —k e. ^:
i- i
-=}— ———— *-p- _&.
"2*"
"«
-A_-
^ ^~
Je-sus leads the way to the 2I0- rv -land.

Je-sus leads the way to the glory -land, to the glory-land.
_ a!_a il 4 a "a ~>~ ;|

— — — — ff
»- -
No. 95. How Sweet the Name of Jesus Sounds

John Newton Rev. Thomas Hastings
-j
_ — q_ — __!-H— -—
]- r -l e- r -j r r
— p—
-j- rp—
- — Pr=j
— — ^F I-
V I A
pA
I c__j
A— PM— a — S— P— p<%
1
\-£z
1— p~)
1— 1 1— Pî
1—
1— 1
;
1— \-£a
!
A-
:^=i
1. How street the name of Je - sus sounds, In a be-liev-er's ear! It soothes his
2. It makes the wounded spirit whole, And calms the trou-bledbreast;'Tisman-na
3. By Him my pray'rs ac-cept-ance gain. A!-tho' with sin de-filed,Sa-tan ac-
rs
— a_ A— *-rf^
— Ep=z— ff-rA'— *- A — A- r A— a_
I
r A — *- A — A— -A— a-
r
^zjzfanE^— pEt==pj^=b=^==^=Ep— Ê[z=t:=
n,. I——4—,-— —4-rjg ^Td -H- -'— ^-rt—H-r-J— J- -J—

I
C c
l-
c 5- a
sorrows, heal his woands, And drives a -way bis fear, And drives a- way his fear,
to the hun-gry soul, And to the wea-ry rest, And to thewea-ry rest,
cus-es me in vain, And I am owned a child, And I am owned a child.
No. 96. God Will Bring Justice
B. G. F. Byron G. Faust
1. There are man - y wick - ed souls who live to day, to day,

2. Broth-er, from your wick - ed do - ings turn a - way, a way,
3. All the deeds of men are o - pen to God's eye, His eye,
>4=p— p=Ep
Seems they pros -per more than Chris- tians in their war, their wav:
Bet - ter fall up - on your knees and hum - blv pray, yes, pray;
Ev -
;
ry -thing you do or think is known on high, on high;
i! 1 i
3: -A
:p==p=— j.
A __£_
v — & w
"
t;
-^-frn-i
*
1-
~
y
But there soon
A—
; [-» -
will
»
P
i
»-
j
come a
';
s
»
day,
[P-h— ft-^-r-^
-^=^»- — 3
•
3-_L.+^
when they shall be turned

— »
fr-^-J*
«
a
mm way,
K-. "-I
It will be too late to turn when this world be - gins to burn,

You shall reap just what you sow, sin will find you out, you know,
A- -A- -A-
•{— -p- -h" -p- - g ^r-
:£: -A.
!^=y— p=tp—d=t2=p=
fe fe—
God's gon- na bring the wick- ed to jus -tice some day, some day.
p*
--#-
-A — LA' A A A A L CAi El
Chorus.
i J> i _&
"*— ft
» — — F* — — — — — — *~ mimmi
•
— — p- r » - 2 Eg
od's gon- na bring the wick- ed to jus - tice

j some day, some day,
—*— *^— — -A- -A-

—^- -A- .
~zf— % r
£
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher,

* ' :-z._-fz
:
p=zzzp=:=t:z=ztt=_.f
in "Gospel Echoes-"
J-, f-
6
God Will Bring Justice
IrQi
|
V. (J yJ) j__ La ^ *—= a Hf- a p —
"# "#-
He's gon- na yield them to the Dev - il, pro - phets say, they say;
—-S
- k-r 8
pi— %— fr— f--a—A==»=»=rzzz^z— »—
fc
dtql i a_Ea
Êfcp=p—fbEp=pz=t3 3 p:
+*
* "^j P P * •-OftS
•J
p 9 L,
He's gon- na bring the low man high, He's gon- na bring the high man low,
-A- R P -A- -A- -A- -A- _^
Pp £ -A A !A_LAf A A A aZZ^L—IS- A_GA: A A~ZZA" t El-~f

?e p==fcb=b=^=t2=p— ===P=^Êp-p^==p-p-*z=:fc3
=
p^y v^
A"
va/
J
I
k —* —_p
M- JJ-Lî —+
^ — ^__Lî_ A
» « « «
^d—
_i
| l
1-
,A-£d- -—A
God's gon- na bring the wiek- ed to jus -tice some day, some day.
— — —fc_ fc._«—i_ri_ _ti_ri__^ — J

k
-A- -A- -A- -A-
k r
I
p"
V-
~&p— p—^=5=^=^=^— p— •— •z=pz=bt=====r :a--
No. 97. Rock of Ages

A. M. TOPLADY. Thos. Hastings.
k Fine.
Bfe^fe 1. Rock
3^3
of a -
--r
ges, cleft
^
for me,
7^_
^3"
±=fcrj
=A^=^
Let me hide
-D
my -
£N—
self in
-£-
Thee;
5=
2. Not the la - bor of my hands Can ful - fill the law's de-mands;
3. While I draw this fleet- ing breath, When my eyes shall close in death;
$—
-Ai. h h
i«£ t-
i £ t==£
,*
p=s
V $
D.C.Be of sin the dou - bie cure. Cleanse me from its guilt and pow'r.
D. C. All for sin could not a -tone, Thou must save and Thou a - lone,
D. C. Rock of a - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my -self in Thee.
h . N B.C.
Let the wa - ter and the blood, From Thy wound-ed side which flowed,
Could my zeal no res -pite know, Could my tears for - ev - er flow,
When I soar to worlds un-known- See Thee on Thy judg-ment throne,
-w-- »
r»T-
-»- -w-
-A—-•-
a A -w- -w-
_A-
•=±Z
-y :tp:
No. 98. When I Have Anchored in Heaven
Fay Wallington Olen S. Pate
5=q5=zp-^= :^5=^z^z^:
:zz[zpz:^zzr=:p--gi
SB a —*—
* ^z=2±=i>=±=Jzti—
qT4.
2___5_ # _.,,
L
— ,_r _j_tA * ij:z3z=*zz?E|
1. A won-drous tho't comes o er

?
me stea!-ine. sweeter than all else to me,
2. I am so hap- py now in know-ing that the debt for me was paid,
3. Hisprais-es I will keep on voic-ing as with Him I go a-long,
j— A __A A . — # _ A— * 4 ± A— -A A
Êfeks=:fc=!i=±S==^=zi— azzjszzazz^z :.S" t?= ^=2— t3==3

U - U P P -'
P . P P b P P
v~^ »~' '-rj?— e .dzzz:

M—g P- -i» — *-
—
- r
^— P^l
w P
I'll soon be go ing o'er the foam;
I shall soon be go ins o'er the roll - ing foam
t—t—W »_ A r P- -B S A P— -,
r
P=p:
z^zz^-î^z:^z:^z:^zzzzzzzzzi:
-_P_j__ ^ a—
——— .k js pv_ n
pszz^zz-zz-=*-l
It brings to me new joy, re -veal- ing that with loved ones I shall be.
By Je - sus who with love o'er-flow-ine, He my man-sion will have made,
And then with all the saints re- joic- ing, I will sing a glad new song,
— A ™— A A A A r A A ~ = A- —*
.
^zz-zzg=^zzr*zz^zz«z=z:z:tzztzzt-E-zz-zzSzzS-.;z:3
:=pzzgzzpz:tAZZAZzfEzzAZZAZZAZzazzs'z:F^zz:*zzpzz
p— p- ? zzzz3
^Mun * a—
-^
y
— —£
v v / y
a-
y
2J Sl"~ zi i- =5= t^zzi

# r
# ————
zrzzzzzzz sz J
,_J
p P P P P
When I have an-chored in heaven sweet home.
When I have an-chored safe in heaven my sweet home. my hap - pj home-
-• -•- -•- •- P h 1
* <
gjja^zzzpzz^hzz: izzazzizz^:
— pzzpzzpzzp:
Chorus.
^ ^ N I ft
ijtp*
When I
iszrtz:
have an - chored o'er the

"p—
sea,
P"
-y— b— m
When my soul has an chored safe - ly o'er the sea,
— \£—t— — ^=z=*zzEzr*":
-9-i
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,'
When Have Anchored I in Heaven
ffpt/~^ g
^_
—
* pg - - g m
p p
wP U I
a
T
r
P
II
V
With all the friends who wait for me;
With the dear old friends who wait up there fo me;
rn^t -Fg ———— r;

r * 1
Fl — —- g
#_]
—P— j
— i
j
?~rt —m d * thrz)—
A_ " E_
"p—p— p— —
s Â A » a A A t>
-=j—* ^p—tr -fc'—y"
.
f" "'
P
I'll sing with them 'neath heaven's dome,
I will sing with them 'neath heav-en'sshin-ing dome,
5^
Bjfb i
When
n
g^=F=P=
^
q-zj:
I
*)
have an-chored
rv r\
P=P==
m—f-=-
in
*.
heav- eu
—
rv
—
-* pn
m
$=--
k
DzrJ_r
*—g-N
*_t #
sweet hom.e.
rA
j
—— ——F_
—~
1
P
_^
,
^ h-
k>
a
P
b
A
*i&
#
P
-.
When I have an-chored safe in heaven my sweet home. my hap -py home.
h
I
'
a t**
I
'*'
T
•,
3
-•
itr
-»-
t"
-»-
"t:
•-
"?"" ~£
b.
«- -*- —
y^zi V ^
i^: :â:
No. 99. Give Me Oi! in My Lamp

Unknown Arr. by Adger M. Pace
jv =s=tc4-J-r
4-A-
p i
r®
L
— — ^P— *
B fS
a
Hi
—— S?
p P-
1. Give me oil in my lamp, oil in my lamp, Give me oil in my lamp I pray;

2, Give me joy in my soul,ioy in my soui,Giyeme joy in my soul I prav;
m . ^ -
fg- -kr
k_
a_la
-f-
i a — p:_pt_ -fc-
t A p A. 3 — A — ?— 2=a_C^.1
!
z4z±
p —p- :p=£=*:=t=k=:£=:j
*
—p— r
L-cr-a
t
-i
7S- ^~"C3' jLÛ- -r-fv 4=±
r —E
-f-
— A— HAs
-fY
— g=^=i=g
-&
-i*-
u a — s m H—
i-
Giveme oil in mylamp.tffpmesbin-ing in the ramp, Un- til the break of day.
Giveme joy in my sou!,hal-le - lu-jahsthenwiliroll,Un- til the break of day.
#
-.
L-ds
*
— p—£_faq^
;=^t=p£=«=^=P£t = = = =
-P- -P-
i fc k iE
"f
6-
=f—g—
A » -hr
pi
t
-k-
i
£
-fe-
t
-k-
t
r—prfti
„
r
-k- >-,.
t
=St-b=t=t= E-=§
No. 100,, In The City Above
James K. Johnston Robert L. Johnston
fa£M£m
jftEfs:
-- - tJ u
u U \> \>
1. Oh, have you not heard of that wonderful Cit - y lovely fair, , .
2. Our Saviour is there getting read-y a mar;sion,near the throne,

3. Oh, brother, to-day, won't you come and go with me, to that home,
A— A— *-, A" -A H*—
lA A" |* A~A~S j&~A A_tA A i

5 J'
£
'
U b
l ~— •— _
b c
Beyond the dark sea, on the otb-er bright side, on the oth-er bright side;
For you and for me, in that Cit- y so grand, in that Cit- y so grand;
And live with me there, on the heav-en-ly shore, on the heav-en-h shore;
— AN — — **
r-- A A-
&
-A
r^'
i
— A —--
i
A —-- --
-*-
A- A— -I— -<--
*-[-'
-
~-Q~-
^--- m
:*=*-£-t« 2±
I S Si "_T—Z
b b b
Where all of God's saints shall be ing for- ev -er, free from care,
liv-
I mean to go there when this life
is all o - ver, and I've flown
Where we shell be free from the world and its sor -row,ne'er to roam,
—ZVO t=_|A_Jl_i
—^~" ^" T4
:_a__s
—V
3EJEtN==z£—
a
'
=—---A
"_r # _ «_ ,— p_ ___ *
b ¥
: =
b b b b V
And I shall go there with my Lord to a-bide,with my Lord to a-bide.
To live in that home with that glo-ri-lied band, with that glo-ri-fipd band.,
And dying up there will for- ev-er be o'er,will r'or-ev- er be o'er.
- - -3— -5-
^-*=^-^=b±A i
Chorus.
o- d —— — -
-I
Oh, meet me upthcre(Oh , meet me uplhere)in that beau-ti-ful Cit -

y, (in the sky,)
'
-A— -A- -A A A A
-•- -#- -»-
-»• -A- -#- -!• -I— -i— -K- -
k
».
— — — — A— H -
-
A
-•
A- -A
" A— 't-
-|
Copyright, 1949, by James D, Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

In The City Above
on the heav-en-iy shore:

With all the redeemed,on the heav-en-lv shore, on the beav-en-ly stare;
—a—* — * — * a — * — * — *- A-, -V-
'^?zl-zizr.-;
sp ?3_ r«!_. u_3_, — i

tf „# — # — — «— * -j
Where Je-sus is King in His wonderful alo - ry,

Where Jesus is Kins in His wonderful glo -r_v. there on high,
- -m
--
A -*--*—
- -- - -
A — A— A- —A — A — *-- A—A-
-ifc
'
-(- •
r
-k
->
I
A
--
*~ *
-
— *Z 1
His marvelous name we shall ev-er a-dore.

His marvelous name we shall ev-er a-dore, we shall ev-er a- tlore.
No. 101. Rest in Peace

J. P. T.
1. Rest in peace, si - lent - ly, Now thy earth - Iy days are o'er;
2. Sleep in peace. sweet re - pose, While thy spir - it mounts on high;
3. Thou shalt wake, from thy sleep, Life will then have just be - gun;
a-
:
a-
£ — *
„
r> pi -•-
-a-
:p=[:=*-z=c:
-*- -a- -a-
3E£
-9- -K2.
~± £=fc=p=fc
-i > # — 0.
I 1
1-
_j 1 1
-±:
.3 — ti_ — '
5 l "-
Born a - way, as on wings. There to rest for - ev - er - more.

There to be witlj the Nev - er - more to
saints. say good- by.
Death shall come nev - er - more, When the crown of life is won.
-A- -A_ £2-
__A._
p •
_P_ .»_
»~ — -
r"
A. A
b a ~^~:
A - - - .
rg
-4-
'
r
-£;-
~~r
El
1
1 1* fcg 1
No. 102. Glory Awaits
'
W. B. Walbert J. Clifton West
1. I am in the glo - ry way, lead - ing to that land of daj,

2. Naught of earth can cause a - larm, e - vil fore - es can -not harm,
3. Oh, the gio - ry that a - waits just in - side the pearl- y gates,
And I'm walk - ing with a Friend di vine, a Friend divine:
While I hold to Hi3 un- chang-ing hand, un - chang-ing hand;
Oh, the joy when I His face be - hold, His face be- hold;
E-4,- *=6
— m-m
-Ik Ly
\-A
—w •-
-t--
.jfc- :p
-0
— (~
E=-b=fr
r-» "-
v o
-P M— k-A A A A A- :^5=
-
— I-
^=
"«i i"— «i-
What- so - ev - er may be - tide, He my steps will safe - ly guide,

He my soul will safe •
ly hide till 1 reach the oth - er side,
Hal - le - lu - jahs loud will ring, praise to Him we'll ev - er sing,
— m » h g—
a —-A A A A A A
g
— b1
9 pA 1* A—
D D y v P
L—
J
k
\>
— p^^k — —\) U
^
J
I'm so glad that He is tru ly mine, is tru - ly mine,
Of that hap -
py, sin - less Sum-mer land, the Sum- mer land.
In that Git •
y built of pur - est gold, of pur - est gold.
A A. ,-A A A_ —i— r
——
rr
r \-* * •— r
> » h- 3
gj-fa
¥=^ h— FP P 5-
J
Chorus.
-&. :±>—£———
feg -A
m — Z2Z
1
— ==£*—g— i=eS=£—
Oh, hal - le - lu - jah,praise His name,
Oh, hal - le - lu - jah, praise His name,
h r
Copyright 1949 by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,"

Glory Awaits
-ir- — » » »
— r hg
1
ii 4 i — s a P
v u y y /
His love is ev er just the same;
His love is ev - er just the same, is just the same;
1 i aI j M
aL
P — A
a — A * ——— A
e
p
«
A
« — v& —
v-m
——
i i
:t=: jf n :; r — 67
g g g g 1
tr-y- tr-p
tb= * jJ — in — ^ :
ft ft
-ft-
F-g— s F^— L_, ,_
-—
-B*
And thru His all re-deem- ing grace,
And thru His all re-deem- ing grace,
P " h ^
-A — *1 .Ll__ A - AJ
ft
A
^p n p-
t x ^ y '> V P • v U P i
I know I'll see Him face to face, yes, face to face.

I know I'll see
No. 103. Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me

Kev. Edward Hopper J. E. Gould
N V FINE
Zls 4: h-
— A «
^ h-*r
^
r-2£s— -I
1
:â -^L- ^ k 3, = = ^ _^ ^
1. Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me, ver life's tern -pest- eous sea;
-
2. As a moth-er her
stills child, Thou canst hush the o - cean wild;
3. When at last I near the shore, And the fear-ful break-ers roar;
D.C.Chartand corn-pass come from Thee, Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me.

D.C. Wondrous Sov'reign of the sea, Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me.
D.C.May I hear Thee say to me, "Fear not, I will pi -lot thee."
$==ft=:fc: F=t :z=si=:«=Esi=:J
t>
ft;
CJH V -C-TvP
Unknown waves be -fore me roll, Hid -ing rocks and treach'rousshoal!
Boist'rouswaveso -bey Thy will, When Thousayst to them"Be still!"
'Twixtme and the peace-ful rest, Then while Iean-ing on Thy breast,
Al ~~— . .^_. « ._._A)

No. 104. Awake, Ye Christian Workers
A. R. H. A. R. Hendon
_T
$: ^£— --
*
-^p— *
A- wake, ye Cbris-tian work -ers, the Mas - ter calls for you.
So man - y all a - round you have wan -dered oft in sin,
No more be sloth- iul work - ers. eo out for life to - daw
A.
ff?Z324lt7=F*
:
:t=t: — VO-
fc_ Tn__ N_^_
'
If
Go out in - to the har - vest, there's work for you to do;
Go out and seek the lost ones and help to bring them in;
In full, com-olete sur - ren- der. the Mas - ters voice o - bev;
J
A * A ii A A J!
A p. A #
pwfrL_ A ^H ^ p ft- A n * g » ^ !
( |-j ^ j
Why long - er stand ye i - die? the day will soon be gone,

When morn-ing light is dawning, when ev - 'ning shad - ows flee,
So man -
y sin - ners yon - der who ne'er have heard the call,
In - to the work, my broth- er! a- wake and has - ten on!

'Twill be too late to la - bor, go now, He calls for Thee.
Are dy - ing for the rnes- sage that Je - sris died for all.
—A
9m 3E==t==tn==tt=»=it= £—^— vp ~=
Chorus.
D—.£- -&~--&-4>~
v '
P F b
A - wake, ye Chris- tian work ers, a - way to the harvest field,
m.
A A A £ A = ,
A „a a A__A_ Szz _
a — Hi— -g
W
E
p
P P P i I
Copyright, 1949. by James D. Vaiighan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes

Awake, Ye Christian Workers
The sheaves will soon be wast - ing, Go gath - er in * Qe yield;
_A *i A- :=^==r= 1_-
ikzzzkizz:*: w
£3 |g p
fv— ^-D — — — —k—fe .-44 1^
cru -e! tree,
the bar - vest. A - wake, He calls for thee.
-ft.
A A A- a
- Em
——
yzzt: r~kT
:Cfp:
_b.: u.
; i-
-A
"I
— l
No. 105.
Charlotte Elliott.
Just As i Am "W.m, B. Bradbury.
1. Just as I am! with-out one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me,
2. Just as I am! and wait ing not, To rid
- my soul of onedarkblot,
3. Just as I am! tho' tcss"d a-bout. With many a conflict many a doubt,
4. Just as I am! poor wretched blind, Sight, rich -es, heal-ing of the mind,
5. Just as I am! Thou wilt receive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve;
f? -9 (j> fi-,42 «__j2_JpLJ5: ^__(d_|IL r-n^_"tl_i^
And that Thoubidd'st me come to Thee, Lamb of God! I come! I come

To Thee whose blood can cleanse each spot, Lamb of God! I come! I come
With fears with-in and foes with-out, Lamb of God! I come! I come
Tea, all I need in Thee to find, Lamb of God! 1 come! I come
Be - cause Thy prom-ise I be-lieve, Lamb of God! I come! I come
!/-* r\
I
£ &sk
m
?sj£
p-
m t-
f-
E=3
No. 106. The Love of Jesus
Mrs. A. L. Todd J. W. Watson
—
35
limn -A
T^-1
A *'— * F^TTZ
me,
1
"H3
1. The Lord has been so good to
2. Since I've been saved I've had no fear,
3. He paid the debt for all the. race,
P3z4zi
J V P y y U
He saved my soul and set me free, He set me free;
For I have al ways found Hirn near,so ver - y npat
On Cal -va - ry, He took our place, He took our pbce
£=*^ J
^-fe-
X J
-=i — -E3
-t*
U
P— $Z-
b y
That's why I smg as on I go,
That's why I love to tell His fame
That's why I love to sing His praise
~r—zv.
:
p u " 5
I'm glad to know He loves me so, He loves me so.
To all the world, oh, bless His name, oh, bless His name.
And to the world His name up-raise, His name up raise.
h
rr-3 —S A
-0 — k — — i— P
a <*—A
K
If-
in
p.
h n h
-g— =fcEp==
p
Such won-drous love

Such won-drous love He had for me,
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaufjhan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes

The Love of Jesus
sB— g-
-r
—-D—D— D- -D__fe__f5 K_ 4^=====^-&- _
1
b y P P U
To give His life up - on '
v
the tree;
To give His life up - on the tree, the cru - el tree;
~
J_JL_ -p —d—— -— =rJ« "I
p\ r\
ji Ai
rs in
^=fi=zîi rgz=S= AM
A A • «
=g— g_
e A
1
— -y —— P ^- —
n b
P P P P ^ b y
!
That'swhvl love Him more and more,

That's why I love Him more and more, yes, more and more.
Pdzzs ^s Pc, 9 — g—
g-
:
^— 5- —-
A—-i— -y
-« M — «— — I
^=
b D I*
u
b b
Oh, praise His name for ev er- more.
Oh, praise His name for- ev - er- more, for - ev - er-mor
IS
Pi
d—
— — *—
H id
V-
?
No. 107. My Faith Looks Up to Thee

Ray Palmer. Lowell Mason.
fc&
9-^t $ 9*. -d
-£>H-y- P^g V =r=i
x
i
1. My faith looks up to Thee.Thou Lamb of Cal-va-ry. Saviour Divine; Nowhearme
2. May Thy rich grace impart Strength to my faint-ing heart, My zeal in-spire; As Thou hast
3. While life's dark maze 1 tread And griefs around me spread, Be Thou my Guide; Bid darkness
-*- -a-
9 9-9 (2 9 9 9- 9 flLH. ^ G> rJ(2 JZL
=
J*. ~|
i4 i=fc
f2
£ fg f2 ,
gsftf-t
gas
a
^ FF
itSZJAl
ia si —I
-Al —AH- -*—A?—,—AM-r*
i
1
M i
. 1
'
-
±=c
:^
while I pray, Take all my sins a - way, let me from this day Be whol - ly Thine!
died for me, may my love to Thee, Pore, warm and changeless be liv -ing fire, A
turn to-day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ev-er stray From Thee a - side.
-A-^-A- -£r- -£sr -A-=- -A- -£r-
L^^ r^=c
*= k k h h u b
*E
No. 108. Lord, Keep the Gates Open
R. G. Ray Griggs
-*-^=£pS-=te:£ zft±=I& " _^._. =Z=r^-^--t5

sOE 4._i_e"
1
,_u — -*.
— — e a a —
1. My life on earth will soon be end - ed with its trou-bies, toils and care,
2. i want winsomesouls for
to Je - sus while I'm liv - inz here be -low,
3. On that glad morning when He calls me and I hear His sweet "Well Done."
*—
- i\
f -A A A— A A * A A-— | * s
-Jan^z^zz^z > SS |S. :!s=[

=*=£-£=
¥ y ¥ u >» \J V V
w
P 0- V V V i)
Then I'll go sail ing o'er the sea;
Then I'll go sail -ing o'er the sea, the roll -ing sea;
— A— r * s g— s
^^. -£— =N=E— t~t—t—^—t—t-^r^—
-i A A A A A ]
gZZpEj
p •
y y v p •
p yj
^-r^ = ^j = -&.-^— ~— — =£$=$==&=£ :
*ÊjE5E5E*££ :*=* -•
join my friends and loved ones sing-ing in the Ho - ly Cit - y fair,
hear His wel -come plaudit,' En -ter in" my joy
l
then I'll to know,
want to kneel and thank my Sav-iour for the crown that I have won,
= ^ 1
A A A A- A 1 A n Jk 1
:n±^:rzp;=pzd:fc—Is—=:is~r|iZ3iszî~i5rz;lsziris7izlsrzrzz:pzzz=J
i/
y
:j — ft- :^=zq=z^-rz| ==
'-• 1 P J
V i. ¥ V
Lord, keep those pearl-y gates wide pen for me, yes, for me,
%1
jÂ-JC-î-S
p ——
p==g=zzr:zzzp=EA
g=z~jr. — —'—
:
-—
a -3
"I
Chorus
Copyright, 1949, by James I). Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Oospel Echoes-"

Lord, Keep the Gates Open
_fe
fcfc*
1
When I'm in-side and my Saviour's smil-ing face 1 see;
When I'm in -side
h
™
. ±A— A fi
A^ A *
-* — Fw — •— -EH
— fi- r -fe-
a? J ——— 1». l# ——— « « * 1

——— » —j
'•>
6 •>
Praise the Lord, I'll sing a song of love in that Cit up a-bove,
-0- -0- »-
gSEEEEEEE
A
g — *
3:
1" A »t A A A
— 1
=p-r:q-
-ft
rzJzz=?zr= g -: -A—i
EB 0_ZZ1„^ # — Cj j,
5j * -- k" k
Lord, keep those pearl-y gates wide o pen lor me, yes. for me
r>
h P -i h-
:p=-:: !=— i:
^r£p ^—EEE:gz= fed: V y
No. 109. Holy Chost With Light Divine

A. REED. GCTTSCHALK.
Gc
^r-4-i
1
h—I— a —|— — a— ha— ar-Arl—H-

C|ZZU_CS
?— h=-5 r^
,_c^ — Ld-^-^T'l^ -
ly Ghost, with light di - vine, Shine up - on this heart of mine;

ly Ghost, with pow'r di- vineXleanse this guilt - y heart of mine;
ly Ghost, with joy divine, Cheer this sad-dened heart of mine;
ly Spir - it, all divine, Dwell with -in this heart of mine;
U-
r± -m- -^J-
^^z=zS=z^=Et^=z|r-E^FPrzz]=zâ=^r^zz^
II _\ i
± Û — —- -J-
fc=zd =$= «
5«
l -©I
te±
-Z—.tS=^r\~±
:
s
Chase the shades of night a- way, Turn my dark-ness in - to day.

Long hath sin with -out con-trol, Held do - min - ion o'er my soul.
Bid my ma - ny woes de - part, Heal my wounded,bleed-ing heart.
Cast down ev - 'ry i - die throne, Reign su-preme, and reign a -lone.
^ft^ Êij^gJgi p E jigi

No. 110. Lord, Show Me the Way
===3e=$a£=£^±±z3£
i-t-
-H
-H
1
-J
— L^«L
1-
9- -0 ^-
t) .«i. -- -«. .«. -*- .*. - .#.
-3 .#. - .«.
1, Thru this world of sin and sor-row, looking for a bright to-mor-row,
Sa - tan would my hin-der, but thru Thy great love so ten-der,
— — * — *-
2.
i
going
* ——— * * * .
L> b P u
^=?=4?d===^=î^-^rt
u y p IP
.'
"£*- ^— ^-
A_
*" 1
Show me the way, Lord. show me the way;
Show to me the way, Lord, show me the way,Lordsliowinetheway;
h h
jBzzEr^fenEîEEÎ
r> r>
- '
I would trav- el on the highway, leading up-ward to the sky-way,

To that place of rest e - ter- nal, where my joy will be su- per- nal,
—m —r*
F—
Z^—^t=fi^f _ _t—t—fi—9.-ttZ=t—^=t—'=MZ
a r- -r-i* '
*
A * rA A *
t fi
2=z!p~^=z:{iz=r|sz=zts==s=zi!iziz(szirtzibiz==iz=|iz=^rr:Szz:AZ
V .V V V '-'
v- V 1/ V W '
U»
'
1/ w v '
-
D.S. To that home where saints are sing-ing and the glo - ry bells are ring-ing,
FINE.
ff-aF— al —^F^— —a-^— I— a— I—

A_Ai=i— y=
fzzs— a ?zt23zzzzrr=zr^z=iz==iizi
IjzEzai
Show me the way, Lord,show me the way.

Show to me theway, Lord,showme the way,Lord,showmethe way.
-»- h M J ft h A
-V-
-i_-
-U
-£ -9
-i_ f.
-P»-
J_.
1
-•-
-|_
£
C..
.
ifc
:5z=p--=P= B =zgz=i-j = t-
Chorus.
h
-fc-
—j.
—=1— S- -A
-\)
— A
t? 9 — —I 9
A.
j-
Show me the way, that I should go,

Show to me the way, Lord, that I should go,
v
-- -- -i».
fc--g-__ f -
,£ T
-
-'z:SEEElEEfEgEE||
::
V—
Lord, Show Me the Way
-£—&- -4--= :-*—*—p-
w£
ffiE*
Thra
:«*— :d
this wick •
I
ed world
1
be
— h_--
-
P
low,
P p P
P
I
Show me thru this wiek-ed world be • low, this world below,
r> h
————
r> r>
__-_:£:
-^ j-n — "
V=V:
j~
fe — "I
:zS =^=^=^=^=^^^=i=F^=fe^?_E$:
-P ^— »-
-- *- -- -#- -*- --
-^
7 -*- --
1
U — # < -^—
" -•
]
Keep me Lord, from world-ly pleas-ure,give me bet -ter things to treasure

* A — | * A i-A A A A -B
-^^z^z^!siz!:^zz:tsiizisziiAr3|Ai^ZAZiz|izz:s~tAiizJ£:=t i: it^s
s:z±Aiz:J£:=i4"7z:lA:ziS— £=j —
P p P P P P P P p P P P P p P P P '
^^-P—&—&l—h—trrzi
—a — ^=^4
:za
Help me
-~~r
to sing
Help
P
me
P P P
Lord, to sing and help

P
and help
-r*-
me
me
to pray;
p
to pray, yes, help

n me
p
to pray;
il
-A A-
~5E=~=: P -U P -l bin.
-P~r
1
* J> -fc-
— £p— —
^
i
h iP -p
~T~[ 7
^~ !
I
—
— — — — — — S may —
LA- i : zzzbAT^r^zzifzzifzziAi: j
p P P p u p-
b =1
b
Give me the light that I see,
Give to me the light, that I here may see,
-- -• >- >- -- -- -•- >- >- --
-rA ! _ * K-
eas I ~p: £=*=*: :p— ?
- —-i
—
-*
——
i^ r^-,
*—_->-
— i- — r^_p.
^-f-±-^~
C#
P
•— &•
P P.
•
P
P
P
s _t zsn
— L
P
— #—
P
p
P
——
P
:
Keep me walk - ing close to Thee,

Ev - er keep me walk-ing close to Thee,yes, close to Thee,
_______ m ;**
n
r _
£_ '— IS
-»-
-.-
-F"
P> f>
—^ —„* I
F— F— -__-_____ to— -_— F—-—

k-z ~
gfe=_i p—-n—
Eg— p— b— b— ;
t3=t3=^=p. £=P= W __--=l
No. 111. 1 Want to Keep His Glory on My Soul
Adger M. Pace James D. Walbert
tez±—£z:±- --=^=£z_-±=
rt_^j A A — l a A — rwA — A A m A —a l m — jpA— a— 1
U b
1. While here jour -neyI a - long I'm glad - ly sing -ing a song
2. I know saves me He from sin and keeps His Spir - it with - in
3. And when I'm prone to be sad He makes me hap - py and glad,
9 — — m c _ =k c
ziz=s=zcf —*=&='=
J A 2—
_OS -~ £ p !-'-*
*• - *>
p=p=p=bp=P=£
=*Ec£z$: —
1
— L»-—
— 1 — jj—
K
r»
—« »
1
—— 1 * 1-
*- — —-}-h — •-
1
*__ A _ •-
l> y
Of Him who gave His life to save and make me whole. and make me whole;
To guide me on and up-ward to the shin -ing goal, the shin- ing goal;
And floods of glo - ry like sea bil - lows o'er me roll, they o'er me roll;
21-4:: t M - -k F—
i 3s£
,
lA.—LA- IS A A Kz= fc=Et=r=t
fcprzp: :p=tp: :b=p— h [-• » "-
h —
-ft
A A it
l
A A +t -A A A A A A A — ftÂ A J
That's why I'm striv- ing each day, His ho - ly word to o - bey.
And when the jour -
ney seems long, and seems the world has gone wrong,
I'll serve Him all of my days, for - ev - er give Him all praise,
M * « flk
« s k * r
« *— &—-?—
§£?=Êt
.
=bp=p—p—:;—pz=tp=p— b—p==p:z=S::=
— 3— — — — - - — F» 3 — «— K; jH
* ' U
V 5
I want to live and keep His glo - ry on my soul.
keep His glo - ry on my soul.
*- * *
h h \) h h
f?5u2z_A £ £ LA A A A A Z\ .1 tzi
:p~zb=b=tb
Chorus.
P^r J p - |^
Ob, bless His name. (bless His name,)His Ho - ly name,( Ho • ly name,)
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

I Want to Keep His Glory on My Soul
I P P P
I want Him near me ev -'ry mo-ment of the day, yes, ev -'ry day,
— s p 1
:
jj;
e
*r k R
p.
1 *£
t^=i> = p— P=T P=Ep p=t2=p=tJ=ip=t3Z=t2=Eft
p: -vy y y y—
fc2=s=3n
—
p-fr— ' — —— * i=id=3=H:
p=t^ :
.-&-
V P~
And of His fame, (of His fame,) His match-less fame, (matchless fame,)
p — \j,~~t —
^^=g=§ ^—"g=rc-p-
:::—::b=p—
:p=pz
. . in is
~h :=P==*:
-fV —I-
y p P P y
I'll keep on singing as I pass a - long this way. this bless- ed way;
* ^ -*-
z==jiz=g==
P2Z-A a
—
— A—ts —£ — — — j— '— *-r*—
r^—
:
f— *— t— FA
*— ^--^=-:^z
,
— £ s
E
a q
h h P h '
•
A
h
1
azp~p=-p=Epzi=pz=pz=p=p=Z3t=S=S=Et=±^^±=rf
y-
_k ^—ij^tirfiiz:
i—M- =Wfc=
* —A —
A
p p • i-
p P
I waut the world, ( All the world, )the whole wide world, (whole wide world,) To know His
--»- -A- -A-
-k-— k
: 3— : 9-
h & P ,
^ ^ h h h P
^— >
P P
*1 "
g p^— >—»—?— • — s— g-P#
1.
p— —
p-
c— a— ah-
j—
worth (Know His worth)from pole to pole. (pole to pole,) And sing with me this song,
___ — .».
_fcut_±:
r_-r__:
.B. JfB.
-r_-r_ s^r_fc—r- rT--s— ?- a
:_*=i
Ps IS N
=it:r=p—i-PiqCT:
z=pf5
——
,__h _^_4i_-D_j5 _^ri-
— •- I
Iffl
— !- M-hw —M - — » — — — -4-— —— (- j-|- *--
its mel- o - dy prolong, I want to live and keep His glo-ry on my soul.onmy soul.
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- fl*- -A- - b- - s- -- -- -A- <n
ZilJ
5SEE=z=EEt=pizt=p=p = p=b=P=5=:S=iM=g=5=Ft rpd
No. 112. I'm Getting Ready for Home
L. 0. B. L. 0. Brock
^-f±^^-iz-î^=^=:
t? — -3.
•— •— •— •-&*— •— j— j.-t^—.:- *—•— • .
c — •
1.Oh, I am get-ting read-y for that meet-ing o - ver on the

2.I'm think-ing ev -'ry day of that sweet home,so hap - py as I
3. I'm lay - ing e» up my treasures in sweetheav-en, it my
——jr
— — r— — * *
is
— — P~ A 4
§ 8&EE — —
— —
r* *
E
— r^^^F?~-x>—$—$
*
~
4
E
-4 A j-4 4
" *
—
1
ii i
:
;
t> p jj t? b '
u " u ^ •
-i> u
—• 4— —
£z~£i
— • — ^-ip
« -ji- t, r-*l * *! *-
4,-i 14 4
i— _,.
1 1 1
L
--4
--i 4- ^-„: # f
- - - b t?'
golden shore, Toe bless-ed meeting grand, the saints' home-com - ing,
go a - long, It brightens up the way to think of heav - en,
ter - nal home, I'll bear the cross with glad -ness, ne'er com -plain - ing,
IN
:l4i=tL~cs=z£zzia:=ite zzz z:zzp~:zz^=

I l> $ V '$
b
-q^
where the
: 3 *i
Lord we
————
shall
-j *S
a -
•- h.
dore;Brightman-sions
— ^— • —— — •
are
•
pre -
%m
pared
•—
by
gives to me a joy-ous song;I want to serve the Lord each
till the Sav-iour bids me come;I'd rath - er have a man-sion
-ST
:—-At=Szzz«:
k
:s=zza=: *==t4==4=:
^ u y
*-¥ ——
. I
*\
1
—U5
— rj
9
--
L -r-4
— L«
"
A
9
_
A
9
-
A
9
'-
- -•
^£^
— — — w=4—4—4=
£» ^r
H
d
:
L9 9
1
• -
-- -- ^
Je - sus'hand, a hap- py place of beau-ty rare, Oh, 1 re -joiceto
hour and mo-ment, glo - ri - fy - ing Him a! -way, That oth- ers here may
in that Cit - y than the world with all its gold, I'm get-ting read-y
in
_#
=fs
— t-
W-
±zztfezzfc= -M: -r— hs —
V i> b fcj
know that I am read -

y, soon I'm go - ing o - ver there.
turn their steps and fol - low, to the hap- py land of day.
now to live in heav - en, 'mid the pleas - ures there un - told.
IN IN
a a * 4 A 4 r4 4 4 4 s a "|

I'm Getting Ready for Home
Chorus ,
N h
_ N H
:gs^tuE__=___3__r^zL--
__. -—-
-—--— Wj-JL:
rj*— J^-Jt—
rr ft
-
-* H-tf-p-tr- 3 =i-^— b— P~ fc
;
Come a -long, come a -long, the in - vi - ta- tion

Come a -long, come a -long, the in - vi - ta - tion
•- -»- -0- -# -•-
--
Eggg=g ag^g= gE£

li-
:__:
& b
__.__.__a, . — a
ta
t__^_ _. a — a.
J.
b _.f__.
is to all, Come a -long, come a -long,
is to one and all, Come a . long, come a -long,
—e- .
J*. --P .
wL -*.
i*
-»-
A
-o-
it
-A.
tfc
-»-
14
-•-
.(_
t_
»-
.)_.
Hk—
_Êzp=t2—
;^-tz±_r— ___-—_— _t
:,
Z # _- # ——
P
_^ h ——
h 2*
tr-b-
'-#-=—- — — #—
1 n
b tf p
and on the name of Je - sus call; Comea-Iong,
and on the name of Je -sus, on Him call; Come a -long,
.. t: :£: • :_: :•: ^- ^ -*- &_
^ffi_ Ê___ _J_Êg_S_jS :a
l— F— ^—q-
._: a a _t
-
P {3 P
fe^ =45Zr^ = ^-_^ = _^ =

: _t5
___:_!
|_z^_i==_^_ -•-S=?- ^ -*- -•- -»• '
' -
d P v y v
ong, to heav-en's hap -
py home so fair, Come a
come a - long to heav-en's hap -
py home so bright and fair,
__--_ -- -0r
f-
£: -h- h_ n_ h ' -h- >- -h-
i,^ 11 ^1 ^^-— h~£~ b^:—r^z-:^—^—rî—:£~z_ zz:zz: z_:a —

P
:•____jvz===___^p^^_-^_:_:rq==_z_:
:__
-b-b-p--
_ a a-
-'hH-tr*1 J
-" -J -
long, come a -long, for I amgo-ing o-ver there.
Come a -long, come a-long,for I amgo-ing o-ver, o-ver there,
n
-*:^-_*:_ _
-•- -•- -»-
f
_
h
"L_" "i_'_rli
-•-
-[--
••-
•—
-•-
-|~
-•-
->--
— -•-
-
_
K - - »• — -j
- -»-
n
__tejg__g_g_tejag^___
No. 113. Travel on for the Master
Rev. Rupert Cravens B. F. White
-45: =£=35=
1. Trav - el
1 a
on for
— — |d
the Mas -
*
ter
B - Cfi -
and trust His grace di - vine,

2. Trav - el on, ev - er faith - ful, keep trudg -ing mile by mile,
3. Trav - el on, at the sun - set you'll see that Clt - y fair,
/£=J=#*i=£==t=It z=p=#p:
:*=§=£=g
£fcbj==£=t=£= :-jE:=V
-fe-^>--&— *--^--*—
3— i — al— -— Fad ad 3z- e K— !=i=5=i!=i=8=1 !?-
«j
A bright and shin- ing crown for you is wait - ing at the end of
5
— * • r* 4^—
— *- f- —
P=:
-—
:»=te=g=£=
P=tg=£ -y p
—— ^=5=? 0=:
5=a= = ^
r-fc- -&
:
— •— — 1»-
u P
-&>—
P
»—
P
Fad 3 a! li— jj~
-£
d b P
day, wait- ing; Day by day look to
Light di - vine He will
at the end of the day, Your re • ward He will
i fci h r> P ;f -•£-
-— — -b V
— ;=^====l=^
$-
£*-
fci=r^z==z±=-p=£: - fr h fi
&a
*=
a— Fa a ai &~ 3
heav - en where man-y man-sions shine,
give you and cheer you with His smile, He'll guide you step by step and
give e - ter - nal to share,
— U*—kw — ^— — — ^ — " — û— h^^ — * — *-—

you,
— — S--
_*:
life
—p
p
"ff:
i£b.=t=^=^B^=g=p=^— fr=^=^B^|--D— ;=E

f u-
H*"
—* 1
»-
1
-'•
1 1 1 1
r (•
iH '
£: j=^=?=^^5=Ê=========-=^?
tJ—-Jzzzalz=l=Siiistz=S==2=tizs======.-==^:
p
keep you hap -
py in the glo ry way,
in the bright glo way.
^ -•-
^. » JLu* -•- -•- S* f
Ê£=£=j=«=l=zL=:ip=fc:=:F(== . =
Copyri<>ht,1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."
Travel on for the Master
Chortis
r 4—fe—-£-,-
il
Oh, trav - el the glo - ry way with the dear Lord, yes, trav - el on
•• "• * "* 1 ~
« %* "*" u
S=£
hk. s.
1=?- j
.o_-S|_-ft_&_J}_£__ fl _ i -ft—ft_-i_J>_4> jj_
day bv day,trusting His word. He'll keep you by grace di-vine, He'll keep you each
He'll
^
[+r.
— '*-
"i
_ B
—» —
—a —
— » — -1 — —— »—
a P ^
-
-H U «
g-r-p
-&-.—.— -£-
:«r:
-• ——— i* » »- -w
-tJ—
b- 2«
day; Our won-der - ful Je - sus, our Sav-iour and

keep you each pass-ing day
BE
?-<2
9
3=
~i — ?r- -~fe—£--*-»- , fs h _h & ft
:^— 3=fc :
-r
King, To trusting hearts gladness He ev - er doth bring, So, trav - el on,
... h
£-»-
trust - ing Him to lead you al - way.

to lead you a - long al - way r
in
A. Jk. fi
F)
-h- j— -p-_
-f—
-A-
=3==P==P= *= 6
No. 114. Take a Little Time
B. F. & Adger M. Pace Byron Faust
U •- -• •#- |j^- -- g, - -j- -- ~ ^ ^ -- -- •• -- -#-
1. As you go thru This vale of sorrow, to that land of perfect day, Take a lit - tie
2. Oh, brother, when your (fays are dreary and you know not what to do,
j-4 A — A-i a — a-i-a a —*
^. N -li) I) iJ
:J5— (Kjcp=pz:p:
tf
^-Pksl— ri— -ri—ri—SI---P-

HH- -irzi:
time to get right with God,get right with God;He'll give to you bright a tomorrow and will
For He will make your pathway cheery gi?e you
4 A — A —Ju+ Jl&H —-M-£-^-*-*-*-

A A «-r* H P-tt — 4 — A-,r - A— A—
E- C Z_CA A_._S AÂ_LA S__A A £_A_i_A_J
ia.
1/ • i> / j y
Fine.
-P-fe—fe~ 4 — 1
l-r-i-
/ v v •>
keep you in the way, Take a lit- tie time to get right with God. get right with God'
hope and bless you too,
— — —\—mP—
—sm— —a-
—a*-— W—
P—yv- \=*& — y -y— £
-jtfPk— k— k— n
1 I
•s-rrfc. hi
zz:^ztAr=-~=rz= ]
Chortts tf u) b
^=±^-^=^=3^
1 i.
ym —• 1 1
L # • 1
— 3 — •— -
Time to get right with God, get right with God,

Take a lit - tie time to get right with God,
A A A A- -AA- A—
•0 t
——Pi—^jj_MUrs
d— ^—g— |T-a|— al— S- zH^zBEJE£lj
....
#—
Take a lit -tie time, take a lit-tle time,

Take a lit- tie time, take a lit - tie time,
^^zzzzzzzzzzz:[—^zzzzizz^zz^z^zz ^ z zzz^=d*==z^4

Take a Little Time
3$
HZ ft ft ft ft
F^51
ffE-0 —-
^1^"
.
:
-«
gF$=$|Efe
'- ----
= g
Time betore yon sleep.at close of day, time when you awake, to kneel and pray,
__— ^ ± — a — *-- — -~ «
Wb IS. A_t S !
2 *
^_^_:_^__g^ ^
:zi=s— -^
-
— — *— a—— »—
g
j a a
* 5
-Fr ^ : 1
t -« 4
p ^ p ^ |
Take a lit - tie time be-fnre you are 'neath the sod;
Time be-fore you are 'neath the sod,be-neath the sod;
15
-A A A A A— r = A *
55
BW-
~ uffP fn P . U —y— — If- -'
1— R«—
S
h
«
«—
1
-5
— p-«-U—
-
ft-frfc -r h ft
h 1
;-£—,- h ^ «g=-|
St
'-- — *^ y-m — • 1 1
— "-• • — 3 — •— *
And it will be sup -plied, will be sup-plied,

Tell Him ev-'ry need it will be sup -plied,
*—
P £ P h i
-*— — — — * F
r±Af-
_nr_A a 3 P=t£
P P
$ 1
-b— ft— ft—6- i

ffiz§ === : -I— i^-x— *— X— g— al— S: ::==fc=s=f:
a—
•
'~t
-*
All a-long the way, ev'ry passing day,
7—.
(§grfe
All
J
a-long the way,
— ——
J* *ft J5 r*^z;y h
g-iy=^- k-=? = g
—^ . u
ev-'ry passing day,
j> Rja |>

s * r*=^— —
— —— ^=^==—
—
'
It
:d
=f"=
u ? p 1
1
Q
~?
6^ • 0—
A_A A St_ tn
L
J S S
P
-
' i .
1 1 1
fl
-- |/ V V -•- -•- -«- -#-
Take a lit-tle time, and mill with Him, take a lit - tie time and talk with Him,
-* A 4- — -rA-his
— ?2Â__A A_A_l"i II !I i. Al_ _A_L
5=-=E!E!E!
No. 115. The Way My Saviour Trod
E. W. 0. and Rev. Rupert Cravens Edgar W. O'Dell
_^-
— "_*;:
»-
r-
1. There's a high-way, ho high-way,

- ly to heav-en a -bove, blest
2. There's a high-way, glo high-way,
- ry of won-der -fui grace, to
3. There's a high-way, pil -grim high-way. the saiuts have ail trod. to
—
/•I-ii-*
£k_
A— Pa
h*
| ^
A
——a— A - A A— A [A.
«r A — f— - — 1 1
IU-
1
:?-tv
m '—
W-
£_L!i_ £ ^ ? ? ? ^_l w _.Lj w i_wi — __.— u b>
17. ^ .
»*
:g==:=|— — --===z- -3— --
\
A .»- .#. -». -0- tf .p. .p. .p. .p.
$ d .; .if $ ti V V- l>. \>

Cit - y of love
heav-en 'stair place, And I'm walking there-in, free from bond-age of sin, I'm free;
heav-en and God,
-* —— -, — — — — — — ——_1 A
j_
*—
Wtv « « p \J
——
I- «i
y y y '
s> v>
Je -sus keeps me, yes, He keeps me, and leads with His hand to heav-en's
Je- sua guides me, and He hides me, be -neath His great wing pro-tect - ed,
I will trav- el, dai - ly trav-el, the way they have gone,tillroorn-ing
£ —A — A — r-A A ^ A A —A A —- = A— r- 1 1 1 1
A A A=1
: *=j— ~—
-I— «— 5-5* —-g->
——
fair land,
p
1 shall
P y •
y -0 *.$ ^ * T
I sing. I shall live a-gain there, in the Cit - y so fair. His face to see.
shall dawn, And I'll
K K V
—
.A.
r_
-A. ft
43
ft ft
^- — ^— — — »—
ft \)
-3 -
ft
[-—
ft
— — «—
.
—— i
~ — +~
rp~F i :
Chorus.
, k
___*__K__&_
-o- ^ j
* U 1 S -•- •• -•- •• ••- -•- ••-
1 1 y y y l> . U J
!
\tk~^
I
—
am walking
r >* ~
in the way, the
— — ~ —* —
^j
way my Sav-iour
*j
— ">*
trod, Hie
r?4
—————— *
way my Sav-iourtrod,
:-:: r
r ,
CopyriSht, 1919, by James D. V ughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

The Way My Saviour Trod
=BEWfc£
p p *1 X p p y L; U U
As He shoived to hum-bleman,to roan the way to God, the way to peace with God,
:
F^ —i==I-e— f— —^ _ — j*=
F«— E—S— SEg— *—
— + —— 1» * it
Oh.so hum - Me and low - ly He lived below,Laid Hisglo-ry a-side to {he cross did go;
Hum-ble Je - sus lived be-!ow,
A. I
A
— 1— :ti if^SJJ^-
55 A
h=— a i—I
|fc- 1
— P_-^-i4— ia>-ia— |fc-P&— £— A 4 A
1
4-Bi-C— 1
r — s: —— — ft P>-si is b- b- r -b-~ —~ a—
--^--~ »- L
-l* 9-
'J V P U -p P P . u
Thereto ransom ev -'ry soul, each soul He bled and died, for us He bled and died,
t=t=t=«=l
l= P§=— zzBâil: £=£
—*^~« — — d—
.a__^_
13
—tr~ *— »— *r—5-= t!t-
*?
fa?- r* -
SM b
S y y v
_A
y
A_
v v
Gave His life for yon and me, so free.wascru- ci - fied, our Lord was cru-ci- tied,
— ———— * * * «
»— —»—»—«— —
__ 1 1
_
, «. o-
L
<fei
!Z5
rii —is— b— 3— 1
._
P"—
1 1 1 1
1
^-~m--m-\-a — —i—î-^—
LJ-w—»i—
d m — "
a ~"rd
K--k. — k-r-S— k— s — is is
— — — s3—»— »-Hg"
"
—H
— nK—
n—
'
' ]
1—i— * s-U* - a ral 1

!
rl
/Up--
£*—-
- -
l_ ^ ^. l__p £j—
£ ^__.
BfcrPfc
I
I
—
w*"
I*
But He rose from the dead and returned to God,Halle!ujah!hal-!e- lu-jah!for the way He trot
.A. .A. .A- .A. .A. -A- -A.
-•- -*+-- -!-- +- -•- »- -9- -*- +- +-- (-- -t- -•- -•*
—a ^. h
— A--A— A-h A— A— ^ t *
h- hA— A—A— A —A — A — b) tt
-£-!-- fcn
— I-?—- — A— H
— f~^-p—
No. 116. On That Hallelujah Morn
R. G. Ray Griggs
l_l_.A_ 1— ^ — __1_ A Li ±: A
— \S~M 1- 11
— * — #- L A — * — *
I I I r .
I
I I. i 1
I
1. Of -ten we have disappointments here as we go trudging thru this old world,with its
2. Seems now can hear

I the jojbells ring, in glo-ry .sweetly ringing for me, charming
$
- A — 4 —A A — A — A— A--A-
trib-u - la-tion=,Bnt we know there's naught for us to fear, if we will kepp the flag of Christ un-
bells of heaven . Peace ami gladness to m y hârt they bring, so gently, tell-ing of His love so
IN
furled,all unfurledfor -ev -er; We are head-ed for the Cit -y grand, up yonder,
free,un-to all His chil-dren;Bringing us a lit - tienear- er home, where tve shall
m. o . e_« ; a a>
>#———- — :J=A=szztz=?=t=EA=ZA-2z=l=f=^z]
D-tmr
:±=tzj=5Z^±fcî--=ai
— — — H—A — A 1 -3 i
-
A-
-- j -»- —~2~: j - -- --
wirhits portals o-pen wide. joy is now un-fold - ins. Soon we'll en ter in -to
meet the friends we used to know, round the throne in heav - en, Mel - o-dies we'll sing be*
•- -- -•
§-tH?- ?— S-y h— *-F-
=^=i
tnrc- v u j
Chorus.
I-—
rft3_2_a|__g !=*'-•-- ft-3- N. — s.fa,-
— —
A * A- — A _t_
that good land, with Je-sus. here with Him to a -bide,

i On that halle - lu-jah
neath the dome.oh, that is where I'm long-ing to 20.
h h ^ uu h
la

On That Hallelujah Morn
^rn.-r^rfl-^ft^r^
That morn, we'll rise and fly a-way, to the eel- e-bra-tionin the
morn, we'll rise and fly a-way,
'
i i .*
W < 1 1
:
==5zg±5=a=^=Kzto=terc --Ff^h~^-#-#-#~nV
:
sky,Mn the sky ;Aiid then with all the sa?eii of ev - ry nation,Christ will meet us at the station,
J_^_j —L_5—
—k—k—k—P-r'-Sk— ' —i-bk— = — * k_ k _ k f-
5Srp=-^zn==lzt=r=;:tt-k=t=i-t=i:=s:=:tzBt3 = p=5=t2=p=t2=t2=:t3=:
^ > v \> u P P P P u y
:±c±z3
- —
,
1 if
Some-where up there on high,there on high; While the hallelujahs ring, we'll sing am
They ring, we'll sing
_gk_k-k-^ -"",-« r P— « ^— *
- — ----^-^--^-J+w —— ^— —4^«— h-F" —a

V V v v
J y -"SI [)
sing that day, there beneath the bright and shin-ing dome, an-gels will be shout- ing,
and sing, that day,
-A--A-
_# s.
ErP. «i ^x*! " tzps_Ji_^_fc. zszzEzzfczuztnz:sz3
-h— *—d— ff— *!-
Gladandfree for- ev- er, we shall be so hap -py, in that heav-en -ly home.
-m- -m- -»- a
-P- -
-(-- -I h-
i IN * i k-> ir> i
-k k k k k t-r •
e
ÊzzzzzzzÊ±z\.
i i rfz ij
3=*=» -t=t^ :t
No. 117. Building on the Rock
Chas. W. V. Chas. W. Vaughan
SLOW DRAG.
-^-
1. I am building on a Rock that will stand the tern- pest shock,
2. I am building for that home out be - yond the o -cean'sfoam,

3. Build-ing on the Rock of love, soon I'll reach that home a - bove,
— k— «— — —
^--a
^d£4i|— fczzEaâs— =—
=tl_t— r Hk «
is
«
|s
t:
!i;— (s=:is:
-k — k k-
to
—z -» — -- ——— ^- —^-— « — pj lt» — ? 3
e'en tbo' doubts as -sail, Bless-ed Je - sus is the One that I

made of jew - els rare, Noth-ing there can ev er harm, all is
nev - er- more to roam, Live with- in the Cit y fair, free from
-A--A-
5S
-t-'—t1 —
-A-
1~-
— ft Ej »
g
— -« p «-
...
-i
.*.
1~
_^=p_P_P__P ^ —0— c
g
g 0- P 2
build my hopes up - on, He will nev- er fail; I am building ev -'ry

bliss the soul to charm, 'Tis be - yond compare; All the saved of ev -'ry
sor - row, pain and care, In that heav'n-!y home;Thru-out all e -ter-ni-
:fi_i:i_:r -£--l-Sk k
9—— k
i k-
i-
--«— 9k— r«— flk «— P—
-tt It -lz-H-»
±B^z 3—p—tJ— M-P— P— g— bJ— f"-g— ta-PtJ— gj— f5— pj=
day as I trav-el on the way, to that land of love, By some

race will be liv - ing in that place, all in sweet ac - cord, What a
ty, with my loved ones I shall be singing with that band, That is
-A -A -A- -A A- _|_.
-A -*- -*- -*- -*- -*- *- -
.(_. -|_. .|_._p.
_,_.
:>—i=£=-
— — 0=^=g: *t=£=S F=5=*
5 ts =H=t=§s=^= zs
M-rHk 3q^z:^^^-^=^-j=p^=^^=ji-jEq|
=k=k==t=§-5=:J-^^:=:W-Q5==*Th?k-t£J
:k==fez=g
kind - ly word or deed, helping those who are in need, to thathome a -bove.
wondrous sight 'twill be all the ransomed thereto see, liv - ing with the Lord.
why I'm building here, for that home my ti -tie's clear, in the glo - ry land.
-4- . A. .A. -*- -A -P- -!- -
-a -F- -I— -«• -- -- -«- -f— -|— _ m -I— -I— -f— L- -I- -
:izzizza:=:b;z=:!i=:tg:

Building on the Rock
Chorus. h
\)
-ar—
:
— —- —r
-h» — — — h — — *— — * — —*—
fc
b> =) hw
9 .,
I am build - ing, build - ing,

Building on the Rock, building on the Rock, build-ing on the Rock,
_ — —^— .tMi-
li ?.t==
h
»=: ~~ • J> iL.i
J* J) jj~:^~ J> J> <— ^—
6 3 -^
' 1 |-fc
s
~ —A
|
;inr"
i
F*
A A
1 *~F ^ _g==
Build - ing, I'm build - ins I'm build - ing, yes,
. 2 =j£=zft=^==k=3= J=:g =3
-.4— B
-b-
V- -9 — h — h— Mb — H — —
-b
t?— L r4 ri h —-—* s * '
Up- on the Rock of a - ges, where the tempest rag - es,

on the might-y Rock,
fc£=0:
_ft ft
^^tii^t-
& ft _P
^=======p=N==^==gi=:0==p==p==|s==Sr=a==i==:S6==:ti:==q
f=-g='-t-£—«—*— *=tzF-a
!ffi =====z=-==r=t====: ___===z===b=b=b=b— £=E=^
build - ing
m — — ——
feP-b
£-
9
P i
^
1 —5--#
h
— —^—
— —3J3 —»—#—*—L» — *— #5 —
—#»^— 1
#
•., —— h
fc « ^
u ~-i
*~~» ^ P rj
1
;
^ t?
free iromev-'ry shock, hal - le - lu -jah! I am build - ing,

Build-ing on the Rock,
--w —m— 9-
y-9— y— W :
Build - ing, I'm
-.
—&— hi
^F F |=z i==rtfs=z|==g=
BEf -=1-
-tr-t?'
build ing, I'm
build-ing on the Rock, build-ing on the Rock, on the sol -id Rock,
^ h
S ——
1
b B* * * i fi
J> & -T
ft ft
— -i ft - ft
rfc fc fc
"ZZZ 1!
_-A .A A— i-l
build - ing, I'm build - ing, yes,build - ing,
r=A==^==== ¥==A=z===fe= ^==fe==^=:±=:^= E ^--J=^=z^=:r

E5=zt== g== C= ^==?==;-3-i=^S==:=:El=5?==*=:i2?^=:iiz
^ ||
building for that home where sin can nev - er come, on Christ, the sol - id Rock.
fc£=M=-
£ :tr_ £^_
1—
ty=— =*— = t—t-^— t—
p — *—-
pr_
A A==il A S*_-PQ
fc-ffe-,
s —
J p. p.
:=
:fcfc=b=^=b— b=t2:
No. 118. Hallelujah! I'll Be There
J, E. M. J. E. Marsh
:45=^3==t5=^:
l 1±- # 3 — •- L_,
--
1
--
,
--
1 #
•- -•- -•-
H
' --
9 — _,
• * 4 —
res - ur -rec-tion raorn-ing when the dead in Christ shall nse,
go -ing thru with Je- sus, for He is my Friend and Guide,
al-most hear the Bing- ing of
a
y_«_«_ ^=r==t==:|:=l=-§ « — *-^ =g=
m ——— a a
the saints
-a — i
in that good land,
a —
£=^=^=£=A=:£=:fc:=£:=.-B:=!i —— u P_
i
_e *
~fr—
m.
* • — hi
————
*h
p~i1a
tP
t?
—
|*^
"b
P
te—3;
P
zl
u*-
ii
I will go to meet my Sav-iour with the ran-somed in the skies;
He willkeep me and pro-tect me till I reach the oth - er side;
I can al-most hear them shouting as they gath- er on the strand;
^ "- ** •• "-
A VA
g ,.
I*"
A I*"
A I*"
A A A I*
A A^ m
B r l
1
A-
>ffi-9~9-^=9=S=£=9=9=
(
z 9=p : =F=?—t- y-
_ r ^__p___p
^=£=£^=^=?=*=
W —•—^-^—i—^—i——:.—•—•— — — —*—iP •=• • •
For I've made my prep •a - ra- tion and my rec - ord there is fair,
Then with all those hap- py mil-lions who have come from ev - 'ry-where,
It will be a day of rap-ture in their songs of love to share,
A A A = rA A A A —
.« — t-
=£—a— £=*— t2-E=z=p— p=E:=i
-m •»
-p—-p- t>~ ,
-• B C# # ^ ^ -H- \
When they call my name in heaven, hal - le - lu - jah! I'll be there.
>- f- -A -- -r-- -»-
>-9 — A—
9-w —
rA A-
y~-
-A A A A A r-A A s~
=tt2==p=;t2-
Chorus. ^ P s h P> h ^
——
:_a__^_tA a
~p — tr
-L
p
— p
"5 t?
c
trT
k |? ?
I'll be there, yes, I'll be there, and join them sing-ing, join them sing- mg,
-•- -»-
._ -- i— -- •*>- -i—
i |t y* [ft r!A
.
-A A >--
-9-

Hallelujah! I'll Be There
b u "
P U p P 7 7 P k k '/
Hal - le - lu - jahs.hal - le - lu - jahs will be ring - ing,loud - ly ring- ing,
• it .K. > .»..

Hfc A— H 1 h~ I A rA A A A 5 A—-,
: —uy — 5 — y: :p ——— 5 ^ ^.
L/ U K P f
ffi—
11 —— s 1 —— » a — -j
5— 1>
P P
When we gath - er in the Cit - y fair, the Cit - y fair;
h h h h J
* *
-»-
- -
-r p
w- »
1 J »
1 ,
14 rA 14
—T
1
P
*i' k h P h ^ „
î ^=Ea -_a » z=iA=:l^=ii— azzE*— si — a-j
~P
-c
p
P ~^P
-
—p—n— 1—V
P'
i
p p
p -'- "r p—
k
•—•—•— "— •
V V • V <> •
3
Oh, the joy,the peace and joy 'twill be in heaven, up in heav-en,
- -- -• -#-
-_ — _p -- — V-—--* — >•-
r*
+--
— — —- — —
•-
* *
-*-
*
-*-
*— A
—*— 9— 9=y—9'=p—9=^=
^^=9- p—9— »—W~9~ S=P=5=p= 9=*= mg ~9=9-^
-it
ii; _ a —-===*
p^h= j=&=:gi—
_J. B
~g— g=EJJ-z^
H ^ ;^====î:P:|
— .. m. ~ a
P P U P P P 1/ |7 P y w
Crowns of glo - ry, shin -ing glo - ry will be giv - en, will be giv - en,
>. >. >.

— Z—Ja—
:?: _"f: .*.• .*. >. .*..
y b"P
v
——P
-
F^ k k k k *————
k
bp==pzr-.^=gz=pz=:g=rj = ———
=b—k r
• *
gz^pzzz g^=jt=3
I
1
-
p
U U
* • #~-C
^— p p p p y p-E # «_
When they call my name in heaven, hal - le - lu - jah! I'll be there.
——
-»-
-A r-A a S — — 1
— y-
No. 119. We Shall Go Home
Fay Wallington
-ft P? S ft r — —J>—
J. Monroe Mobbs
P— h
ft t
.j * - . - 3 :
1. In a lit - tie while when tri - als are end - ed and for
2. Just a few more days of troub - le and sor -row in this
3. Let us keep the Sav-iour walk - ing be - side us till shall
-A 1*
grt24ltEEt=t— -h-
J? ^ .P N
P -> V P p t? t> P " .
JrfcjfH» — i — — —d « M !
— - » —
*j • S "
q p "
''i i
us the vie- fry is won, Then we shall go home

lone-some val- ley below, Then we snail go home
come the clos - ing of day,
_A A A A! . -A A
g— g— g— g==^_^
..
2z»=g— z-bT— ti=r|n=t=zt^rtz=s

—P P 3 P P 1> A A AF A A A
-tmr-tf
p M B y u i
to be with our Lord; What a hap

py song, with -
It will joy and all be

to be with our Lord, to be with our Lord; Know-ing that no harm can
A *_A
--»
— — — b— — —
i b hn h
b—zhzziiizzrt: A—— A A A — rA A-
ItV1 '* — —d— — —

— ——]—
——M— Fi-^
"P— a
M s)
--K
-P
Fi-r-D
h*
»h~F* «
m
fe
*-fe *
D
>»
@—aEE^jzzj— g=zczzgz:E»— J— *~ 2-;;zzj:=J====zH
ft I
voic -es all blend-ed, we will sing when the day is done,
glo - ry to - mor-row,when we meet with the ones we know,
ev - er be-tide us if with Him we will ev -er stay, Yes, we shall go
1
A A A_^_ b—
# — •—
A-
-i —
=^F^ —k
:*zn*=:b=p.:
a—
P=i--P=P-P^=
1 *
g=pg=P:
» B»-
-£-+, M—k—^--D--D-j)—fi>—fit—ft-r-i-^ =^-ft- 3
y 1/ p p f f
Yes, we shall go home to be with our Lord.
home to be with our Lord, to be with our Lord.
1 Al aP Al J Al A A! _h_ R_ R_J_
h v n
h
^~-
J
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,"
We Shall Go Home
Chorus.
Yes, we shall go home,

Yes, we shall go home, some won • der - ful
* £ jL -.JL A 1 X
&-*- T»~
some won-der - ful day, When life with its cares and troubles have passed for-
r> 6 r>
K h r> fc & h n
_jl P_A A A »-r^ *l 4 - - - A-
19—A- A- -A g g y-| -n-
- '
-D__U_-Jj_45_
,
P=^ =^=^=Fr-=rT& ^=iizz!=pzzJ="=«=— fc =z==

ev- er a- way, for - ev- er a -way;We'll sia? and re-joice
We'll sing and re-
— •- Hi A— •• « — .- A A A A.
-i H*
-v- rs— r— b>—
— ~- -1
=5"
3 A A A A-
-t^-b-p-
iH-T
JS j
and nev
*
-
t
er -
>>
more roam,
r =i-
h ft R P
:=£
We'll have a
:
3=fcj
m
__&_.
good
joice, and nev - er -more roam,
|4= -S =£^=i=t>=lf.
i
3=E
— — »—»— J> h— — —-Jha
S? iP-jP-r—
*
1
—— A A
1
A
*
1
1
A
—ft _t) —
"
r-^-
i-
time in glo - ry at last, when we shall go home, when we shall go home.
J *)
-ft -ft -ft
aJ_ A - „ a^ _h * & J |
No. 120. I'm Ready to Go Home
R. B. & Rev. Rupert Cravens Ranee Barkley
">
*i * b b
1. Oh, so oft - en I think of heav-en so
2. All the rich -es on earth can nev- er com-
M-^M- ^;— jp-ft—

£_Jl
— i*— *— 5— —
g
p
#
p
~:
~tM=5: -ft
— a — l
And the mansions our Lord

With the treasures that wait
P t -t:
A A A A A SI g p] A A sz"ar
__ A _r^___ r A _- .
P
_
'
. &
has gone to pre-pare; Tis a beau- ti - fill
His chil -dren up there; Mor-tal eye hath not

-A- -A- -A- -A-
--t'_tl_^t"~"-"— «— r ^ *—H* k k P-
zt
— <e-
: -2 -A
1": l- A-
home, a won- der- ful place,

seen, no tongue has e'er told
a
'
a
* — H»- -j —
p -^~
ft
*
£ is:
-y- A A A
p^
'"h-
Soon I'm go-iug up there to look on His

Of the beau-ties with-in the Cit - y of
-A- -A -A-
E-5 *: JP k (C
k--
:=lE==e=pEg=g=^
fer k r h h 1
—— # _:
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes'"

rTT ;
I'm Ready to Go Home
Chorus.
rn-3'- -*
y p D
I? I)
face, to look on His face. I'm read- v to go up there,

gold, the Cit • y of Gold. Go up there,
•UZ,
-9
A
£-
— —^— —
-* J3
"i~r~
.
g
'
. v
r~t
f fo
g ~ f-
A:
—* —— fe
^ e>- :3:
some glo n - ous morn - mg fair, When Je sus my

morn ing fair,
ft —-g-
tw — <£_ ———————
« « « « + «, _jj — M-k-j —
Lord shall bid me to come;
When Je- sus my Lord shall bid me to come, shall bid me to come.
-* *- -*- -*- -A
It f—t—X—ZT—t e__ «.
-I— t t-
fc-z=iP=:^z-:^—p=p=p:=pz=zl: V \-e-
-— ^— $— p— a
- ts
l
â-a|— »— a|— w-^rzslT—— —— ^f

p D
—
D~0*~p tr-fr
in heav-en my home.
I soon shall be ihere in heav-en mvhome, in heav-en my home.
* -a- „ h" [> fo d r> h
— p — "~ p ~ *
— a B~ —
-- ., v-~
^. Is n—\-
:=rr,p:
No. 121. Bring Your Empty Cup
Laurene Highfield Will L. Matthews
-t=fb=*=|=
(J
23_^
-A- -A-
— # «.
-A- -J-
*
-A-
# _L^ ^ 3 i i J
1. Would you know the joy and com-fort Je -sus gives to souls op-pressed?
2. Would you taste the liv - ing wa -ters that you need not thirst -y be?
A-
-A- -A-
-ft- -A-
-ft- A'
ft- -*• -ft- -«-
-3 -p— p- p— p— p— t;— p~ p— 1?~ t?- c !

*
£f
•J
— L * ' ?
-A-
_ 1
-J-
Bring to Him your pain and sor-row,He will grant you peace and rest;
Close be - side the crys-tal ioun-tain, stop and drink, the draught is free;
-.--— »-;ft:
p—9—9—$—9~ ft-—frz—E=-=zfc=^z!=—
^ :| . i_- i—
h " '
n
W—
J -A-
— — — — —-— — — — —
-A-
c*
-A- -A-
5 «
-A -
1
'-- 3 — J
Would you share the !ov - ing kind-ness meant for all who see His face?
Would you know the joy of serv- ice? put a -way your fool - ish pride,
-A- -A- -A-
pc±f=t:
w_a a t^; A A a a Is:
-p— p- c p— p— p— p— p-
=- = E ^b=^=5^=^-A=^f-=E^=^=ZZ^=SZ=A^= 1
f—
—A L 3 >- — - J
Bring your cup and let Him fill it with His bound - less, match- less grace.
Spend yourself for Christ and oth- ers, let Him in your heart a - bide.
-A" - "A- -A- -A- - ^

— *— n k n n
-A-
k
r-r;
P« • — «—
<=g=p= fe— v— p— p— g— ^— g~ gzz p t;==p==p=tj=i te —
£— k k F
-A- -A-
—— -A-
•- F,
r
Chorus
._&__&__.&__&_ -D—
-• • —— • •- -• • •-
Bring life's emp-ty cup, the Sav - iour,

emp-ty cup
—
Bring life's to the Sav - iour, bless- ed
SI fEffeS
ip—i— fE
—p=
Bring Your Empty Cup
-L --*--
=^?=i=^^=^=^=^===!=^=E —
sP— ai— |zzz—zzgzr^zzz
;
5
:
to -day, And He'll fill it up with His meas-ure, full- est
Sav-iour, He will fill it up good measure,

-A- -A- -A- -A-
k
ÊgEg^g=E==BEE5ES
-k fe k- :
3— p=5— p= •::;;
>"^-J-
~t
-— " - -^~^-^zzzr~f-^-^zz^-^~
?*i£.
==?: "
gfc— f ±dfc zEZ F»— 3 — I—'—;~ ^=j=3
4. U; I i
~V 1
measure, And bless you as ne'er be - fore;
al -way, Bless as ne'er be -fore, bless you as ne'er be -fore
-A-
1
-A-
1
-A-
i
s — -A-
1
-A-
1
—R •» A-
H a — _
a a
r\
•»
a tempo
I r ———
— ——S^z^z=j|z=i!=i2i
-)- h fi F^ t^— r D D P
t)
—— —•a_bsi_.i|.
' I
* — — —
:
• m * '
bsrzz^==A;=zzA|:===:
|— 9 •
I
Sing my broth- er, sing and praise Him,

Lookup, broth- er, sing hal - le - lu - jah! hal - le -
= |„
S=i§pH= 1=1=:
B=B— E5=E== - = B== fc-
-
— — £" ^ — a —3— v B
a -gain, He is heaven's King, nal- le - lu - jah! hal - le -
lu -jah! He is heaven'sKing, and laud Him,
- t=lt=Lr-
•
A- -A- -A- A- __-A-
L:= * K BS-
fen=?E=3Ef=ir"
:EE===~Ei :5z=p=pz=5:
_o_^__l
fe=!==^p3
•j
lu -jah!
p.
for- ev
it
^__j
- er and
-f-
-\j-^
ev - er
— t
more.
r-p — p-
Hereigns now and ev - er-more,for - ev - er -more.
n -a- v
tg=$=pzz3=|:5. p__ c^-_.
No. 122. What a Wonderful Time
G, W. Gaskell Warren
v
1.
.*.
Broth
~i-
- er,
— 3
when you
^ b*
feel
— -•
down- cast
•— P
and blue,
• • — — *—^-
and your friends have
3 d
2. What a hap •
py time we'll have up there, in the Ho- ly
-A A- -A A A A A A
:t=t:
at* :|s=a: _A S_
r=rr S>
jL __I_f_b_ ^_i_j_j__.,_ # _t - __ # _ _,_# # __ # _^___t j
turned a- way from you, Do you ev- er ask the Lord to help you on your
Cit
>-
- y built
>- --
four-square,
>-
When we
-- _'--
—
gather there and meet with all
in
ourlovedand
sf^-t~k — * —t—* mj — * — — ^— is 1
>
— * f — —is— 9 •_ -- !
^ —
way,
-r
on
— your
— way?
r
He will lend to
l-H
you a
1
help
:
•
tr
ing hand,
own, loved and own; We will sing a hap -
py glad new song,
a — n*
£=Et—az=rt:
* *-
f— F^ — V
kt
V » I
BSE
'M^=Z±-Z^Z^.CZ^Ztt!ZZZh
lead you
-«.*-
to
s
the bless-ed glo -

m -0
ry land, Where the

— •—
Ho -
S_LA,
ly
1#—
saints of
1
—
God
m
shall
—
with the man- y mil-lion voic- esstrong,Un- to our Re-deem- er as we
A A A — ft— jkj
rl
>.
1
'
k A
>-
1
--
1
F A F — ,
.*-
I
>.
1
:•:
A fA
Chorus.
•—J— *— 3=
:c~2:
u y u V V
mi —
1
s
^
•——«-
gath - er some sweet day, yes, some sweet day. What a won- der - ful
gath - er round the throne, a • round the throne.
-ft-r-
it. __«!=
Copyright, 1940, by lames I). Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Ejhoes-
What a Wonderful Time
;
r h ft t)
:#=&=*r£:
=^=ii
uj— tf—^— ^— p—
»,~j5—
e;
time, «
what a won-der-ful day,
What a won-der-ful time, what a won-der-fnl day
* A F F F ei rA — *-— 4 — — * — A *
' /
*=feS=|ESg
»i ^ ^ fc * 1^
$ V 1 $ » I
^.
When wegath-er at home, with the Saviour to
When we gath-er at home.

i.
9 * I s> w.
_« e » e e &i
V-
i^=?5:
-£— fr 9 -JJt
# •-
-a — a— »- m — m-
p- P P y .^
2 . y
stay; When we join them up there
with the Sav-iour to stay; When we jointhem up
-»F — ~
J-_I_F— F
_t«TTgZZg=ZSlZZF i
—F
=F—
'L> 5' 2 ^
-» 9
—-R
— zz»-î^=^ 35-:
^ l# — # — —
p
— — — — 4—
# yi
u y tf p y i
'sing-ing all the day long, What a won-der- ful
there sing -ing all the dav long,
p fi ^ h . h
* — j— - :
— S—--—;—
time, what a won-der-ful song.

What a won-der- ful time,what a won-der-ful song,what a wonderful song.
k ft, ft .&/f>
JJ-^^--^ -
fc
>
I
t_.^ N
. . : k ^ ^f .
_-»-_-*z_ F _
No. 123. Praise His Holy Name
Charles H. Huff E. F. Purvis
Eg
—J~*^~;— — s 5
1. Je - sus in His mer- cy came from heav-en a -bove,

2. Je - sus free- ly died up - on mount Cal- va - ry's tree, Oh, yes, He
He reigns on
Je sus
~now liv - ing and
—A — A—
His throne,
3. - is
_-_ A
-<* A A A — r*A *
A *— A— g
pHEEJ !
* * 1 !
*
— y— *— jr
1
[ P
Sj
**P-ji-*
H_UJ A
LJ
A
LJ
A
UJ
A
LJ
A
UJ
A
LJ
b« — — A
LJ
r~A
lu
L y
A
i
i
i
V
L,
—— 1
s
b*
b>
y-
came from a -bove. He came from heav - en a - bove; He came down

died on the tree, Up - on mount Cal - va - ry's tree; 'Twas there He
reignson His throne, In heav-en, won - der - ful throne;But soon He's
• j—iii- -t — r
A a_^_a s\ g
<p— £-' ~—-^=±=t2— 5= J=zh £=:*.=*=*=: J=J=;=
-&—
2
^5E5EÊifeJ=3S^l|: --* -S
:5=^=t3S=-=-=l=5=Ff
to this sin -ful world to show His won- der -ful love,
paid the aw - fuldebt of sin for you and for me, Oh, let us
com-ing back to gath - er up His loved and His own,
h M v
_A * A A A__A A A_,_A - ^*^
—
*>
A- '<
5— t— fc~ K=6 :p h * :
:p=p— tJ-Ej
^_1_-&'—Ti—_^CLu4)L_,ij
sing out andpraiseHis ho - ly name, His ho - ly name for - ev - er.
5_i_)i —— b — —£ —:£— rS — f — « —
it i*-
— • —
-tP — I
v— tr~ tP
£=3
Chorus.
l>
b b C
Praise Him, praise
Let us praise Him, ev - er praise Him, glad ly praise Him,
h
1 Jj g iP 1 h * h h
A'
ft ft J> 1_J*_
*9 —* —* — — * E zzz EEEEEi Efcr"""
iJi
Praise Him, praise Him, glad ly
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes.

Praise His Holy Name
— -— -*— -f>— iP—Efe—
.-*—D- s
:?
— g
P
kpiL^zizizz=tgi=zi5==^— *=^*^^*~&^1
p" U
*:
Him, Let us tell it out with glad
loud - lv praise Him,
:£=p:
» w
5321
praise Him,
---
-S
-y — 4-
y- -y
! 1—
EBZ1Z*
EJ
claim.tell it out with ac - claim, hal - le - lu - jah; Let us
-,-Szzii.
---74--
a — — :— pfir;*zz
zmz
-h-
#
-9-
— r^zz !-* 1
»
-n—
~z
$=#=?
f&~G> ===z= cz\zzz:zzizzzzzzzzizzzzzz—zzz
— —— —
1
S3? a
n » # " "
e -9 k * * k k
-
SJ
1
p tr ./-i j PÛ Vb p
*r
• .
*?
- b .
i
u
Praise Him, praise
Let us praise Him, ev - er praise Him, glad- ly praise Him,
1 A d A A 1 P --R--H
_bh h— i ^ fc) h h
Wp 4 * 4 zzzzzf
—— ~h|
1
k>
—~ p-
j
'
'
praise Him, praise Him, glad

- fr—fl—j!
H —
1
1= -p p-
1 j
§ p
Him, Sing a - loud and praise His ho - ly
loud - lv praise Him,
^ t^ h h
—
te praise Him,
• 9 •-
_— . :
-
1—_.
-l—i— 5— $— 1— $— r-
a i \
IS* # c 1
name
ev - 'ry -
bod y sing a - loud and praise His ho - ly name.
J i -^7
& fo -
* '.
a- . .
&r jr J
^^ 1
:~ - -
^ £—
No. 124. Keep Looking Up
Adger M. Pace Mrs. Jesse B. Hardin
-4-a
-^*-A
— hV
A
— A- —
L
-1- -\ — #-F*
S— A L *t—
A-—
— —— i— F*
A—' A A
i
-P—
A —
*--F—
A--Sr- L 't
A-
1
»
1. When sor-rows come in • to your life and bur-dens would press you duwn,
2. This life is sweet when He is near to comfort and lead us on,
3. When you are left to walk a- lone, just lean on the bless-ed Lord,
r— »— *- r E— *--*— g-r*— »— y--*--fc-rJ— *— J~

-•—Z .fc~p4 a: A |S_ LA A JA t 1— FA-
--— L—
-4-
— -*
~l —
-— ( — <-D — ^--
F^=
~
m m
A — -A
rr
-A— A A
1
A -A m A A-5- m ;
If you are torn a -mid the strife just look up and nev- er frown;
His spir - it comes our souls to cheer when seem-eth our friends are gone;
The greatest joy you've ev-er known He'll give you as your re- ward;
—t——-J—— 1-r^-A—
_ #—
— ii —9 — tp — •
4M*
— Jutee
— — rf — m —
z£pzk_j_t H i t !— '—, :
|S) —j— * ~j;»--F* !
Keep trusting Je-sus, don't be sad, for He will your bur- dens bear,
So trust Him friend,His will o- bey, while keep-ing His face in view,
Keeplook-ing up and nev - erdown,there's com-ing a meet-ing grand,
His ten- der smile will make you glad. keep praying, He'll meet you there.
And you will find each hour and day that He will be helping you.
When with your own you'll wear a crown, up yon-der in glo - ry land.
-A
§§:§
J '
J V
Copyright, T949, by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes-
Keep Looking Up
Chorus. ,.
SUT -f- -a
i
— LFt—
n— ft*
r™
p i
—— r-
*-
i
When trou-bles op-press. just keep iook-ing up and find you a place of
a
I ft I ft -A- -A- -A- -A-
;£ ^r~ -F — S — ^-p ^r— ^.

A
— A — A - A— — *- s1 -
i r
-*». 1
ft-
prayer, And pray to be free from life's bit - ter cup, and
place of prayer,
Xi #
— F— §«
,
:
^^>-A
C-^-l A-
p jj-
_
—— | | _— | .^
(j
M—H-J — Us<- — h»
1
h — •
B^-- 1
-- -- A
ill
» i i
y ^ 1 i
Je- sus will meet you there; He'll take all your grief and
meet you there;
-- -m^ J ! ! !
H> fr P
— - ^ —^ — |
P— A-^ J ^r—
Is ~fc i i
l
;
*~T W —
f> i
*!
k.
p '"*~i"
i s
1[
u t
p
trou-bles a-way, and fill you with per-feot love, His love, Then you shall go home some
ft -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A

k k k k— rk k k k— k—
Pi-t- -— ^ A_ LA A A , ,
L_
— ty
I
b — 1 ft ft
,
J ft -I
gjfcg-
won - der - ful day and live in His heav - en a - bove.

sweet heaven a -bove.
A
-A-
it i- •
-A-
j-
-A-
t~
-A-
t E f
-- -- -
.
i- —
-A-
# *D 4
j
~gigip — !
b '
I — P g — '
rjr :
No. 125. Over the Stars
—P —M-— — — ^— X —™
— — * —a— —
fat?-*? ts
i
h* ^ S 1-'—
.7—^-5 *l— g—% — -

L" *
1.0- ver the stars, yes, o'er the beau-ti - ful stars,They say that in the Father's
2. In that good land, yes, in thatheav-en - ly land, My bless-ed Je-sus is the
•-.-— -A
r —A A a— m-Jpm- —--— ^ — _— —~ A— A a — a—
r !!
r
^fi-aj1 "* A — A A - — P
p=Ep-t2=t2=t:=t2=p=5=t*^zzpz=:^
^ L>
--
^J4fc* —
;~ ~ ^-^—f^— ^— g — r:
- rWrd
Est
£P
'
A Az g^s- E1
S^ 3, •, ^_
house are mansions fair, yes, there are man- y mansions,Wait-ing for me, they wait for
Light on that blest shore, He is the Light in glo-ry;Sits on His throue,up - on His
^±&g=$ttt^
A— A — £ — £-,-»— £-W= #-£ -— r^ A A A »-b» =
^^zpz:^=pz:pLr:5=gi=rp=ffs=^z^_===:cnz=p=5rzp=prc=r n:-
— iH? p —^— ^ d — p — 1
v~~v~~
*-
7-
^^q-^girp^-^z^z^^z^^r—
A— a ^-A— 3— £ A — A— *— ™— «|—
7-===
A — 3— S )—i i— «i-f
""
^— =*— *— '- * * ^|— ^--g-^— ^-P-^—^- L < |
you and for me, And I am going some sweet day to live up there, to live up there for-ev-er.
beautiful throne.Andev-erml-eth o'er His own for-ev-er-more,Heruleth o'er His children.
C-u-P-P t— ?--£
1
—— £-F#-»-P— P _ '*—
-- P—. ._-aJ£
#-F»— n— n— "— •— f 3
42=p=p=t=t?=p=p: -y— b-- P=P :
Chorus
J — ^= — *—j—A—j-U- -^ — 1
O'er the stars in glo - ry,beau- ti - ful stars,
- ver the stars, yes, the shin - ing stars, in heav-en,
L_£A_
-• -=iz=*=5=q
r_
A :t= ¥=.
P T r
2 — ^ -, ^ — k
p
_ — -'k-t^
P
Z
* --
J
*
i
—
Far a - way from all the wide o-ceanbars,
Far a -way from the wide - cean bars, Where Christ the
-• • •
=g=^p^=p^^r:==^ =^=P = "A=^=A=^Â-'^:A=P=g=
• • — • — • • 1 1
b
ft t= r

Over the Stars
;_h _&_ -J-
Sav - iour, King sits on His won-der -ful throne,

Sav- ionr and King sits up - on His throne, and ev • er
c\ IN in Ps i
P
-p — — g—
—
*1
#
n ^
=P=-P^P= f==^=f !
: p
ted:
^- !
— JJ-
Rul - eth o- ver all His own; In that good 1
rul -eth with power, o'er His own, He rul-cth o'er His people;In that land
h N r\ IN r\ in
— *A —AS
1
e
S-g»_ B ^»_„E» -,— --f
1
«. 9 * A 1
—
fe F-*— F- -P—
-|~
PL
-
g—g-g-P— g— £=ftF— rrFg g *"
tr-p- P
Ky -I .
^ r -fc~-& P—I- -P-
j
5 _i 1— L
~
£• " — — —
-
»— f— '
'
!
:+
-3 - -
* : * V *> 1
is theCit - y bright, and blessed Je-sus Himself, is the

there is theCit- y so bright, Je - sua is Himself, the
1 n 1 ,1
aI ii hi h p p p p p
^£~A— A— A-F bJ— P— P — ^ ;g=I= =F : p=p=p=-

P V
,— I-
.^==1^1^=^=^: 4-
shin - ing Light,We'll be so hap- py up there, free from all that jars,
shining bright Light, We'll be hap- py there and free from all jars,
I
K P> ' P
-- «T a—
«P
— P Pi
P-i I I -I
a 1
I
p aI
1
a' A aI A A aL tj4L_
1
Al
^=== ^=i = — ^zz^-^-p-— r±zSz:i=z:pk :

g— A — A
:
A A '
:
•
P P P h
"^z=:
&"
p p p y P f
In that sweet homeland,far a-bove the shin-ing stars, a-bove the shining stars.
h P P
-* — — *— * —'-
<*
, h p ,* h p h m
tfe
9—0-
u
p—p— y
r> r
No. 126. Light is Shining Around Me
U. S. Lindsey Oakley Sharpe
. h v b k_J5 _b_
-0 — 0-
—t 1
— -- L
* A- -A A A-- A-
1. Light is me, Since the Sav-iour found rue, PlacedHis arms a-
shin- ing round
2. Love with radiance beaming, Love with glo - ry gleaming, In such full-ness
3. Dai - ly I'll keep going, Seeds of kind-ness sow-ing, Love of Je-sus
_# — *_|
ki±|£— |X__J5*__»- — — p- P=P=P=
43=t2=P=t?
,
p.— i_
round me
A-- L A A
with love so free;

A
M
m : W-
V
A
Homeward He
A-fr'*— A
is
A
guid-ing, In
A-- L A A
Him
]
I'm a-
A A
streaming in- to my soul; Bringsthe joy of heav-en, By Fa-ther

the
show- ing to all man-kind; I will love Him ev- er, Turn from Him, no
,".',JU
-9:y=~ fczfcPizfc: •—,-
= Fb = h--n = = h=t=Epzzb=c-bz=
h
bid - ing. All to Him con- fid - ing, He's keep- ing me.
giv - en, Oh, it's just like heaven, since I am whole,
nev - er, Till beside life's riv • er new joys I find.
Chorus
- h ft ti f> r>
Light is shin-ing a-roundme,

Such heav - en- ly light is shin-ing a-round me,
.5:
:lz=zIz=S 2 ? ^ ====
îizzzzzE^ ^^==k AZ=:i=sz=]
:t?— tf=r tt==p==t?— =-==Ê=pzz^=tJ=t2=tJZ=t=J
= =
. ft ftL
* —— g - — — —JZZSZZS
— —ag— —R »—-
Z-iL
*^
•-
^ ^
j ~~*~ 1
-*
f j2 +§[ «. £l*
Je sus sought me and found me,

The Sav-iour di • vine, in mer- cy He found me,
'_r_r'_T— f---,
' _*5 £ [2 Jl U, .t s "**
I t*i
- * :=]
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,"

Light is Shining Around Me
—a —— m g -- P g * q— p —— » —g— «— d
d~
"5'
? p
*
5
Love di - vine so pre-cious is keep-ing my soul;
Love di • vine is now keeping my soul;
-*
l
^^ ~ =±lz h n H ?i
/
'D P p 2 )
There's no other like Je-sus,

There's nev-er on earth an- oth- er like Je-sus,
it # m I?" «i-,
_»
uZZT^;
_* * i
a
*
^
at
S a ~ _i
ta
#
A
,
*—'A
i ;
±
t
P& — p*— J
4i —1^—^—&-~
— — h—
W
h
-^P p 2
a
»
-y
s ±- T&I1 -
p |0
From sin's fet-ters He frees us,

Fromfet-ters of sin He lov-ing- ly frees us,
-- -- -• -- -- #.
_£~ 2~~
U b~~P~ P . -P l>
- _a N |S h b h_ a - ,*i P' ft 'fi N __h_ H _.
From sweet heav-en He sees us,

From heaven a- bove He ten-der -ly sees us,
-A-
. |— -A-
-(_-
-Ik
-*-
-i—
Ik-
&1 ¥=P=P—U— t> : :i amis a |ez:
£=#*
Guides us on to the goal.

He's guid- ing us on to heaven our goal.
No. 127. At the End of the Day
Millard A. Glenn Woodrow Sides
fczfct atEat 3fczatzaf
1. When our race on earth for-ev -er is run and we reach at last the set- ting of sun,
2. On that fl-nal day with labors all past, at the sound-ing of the trumpet's loud blast,
3. Af-ter we have reached thathcav-en- ly land o - ver on that bright and beau-ti- ful strand,
£5—r #—
W:-4*S—*— >— *— P—
A-r-A — £ A £
— h-— —
A A
*>-
A
-*
A
— *-r^—
A A— r-l
*
1
--—"*-fep>— K— *-j
1
1 A A A A—
D D P P
E^Tj^-afffa-ral— ai— ai-r-al— al— aj— j-^f—1-F»— g~~al~ al—» a__ "±3
- -
£ j
u .
Can we say that we the vic-t'ry have won for the kingdom of our Lord,our Lord;
Shall we hear our Saviour's welcome at last, say-ing, "Enter in- to rest, sweet rest:"
We will join that great and glo- ri- fiedband,on the shin-ing streets of gold, of gold;
£=*
-»-p—
45 a—
*-+-£
t —iMie»=Mk=
-» -•- k i-
1 1
g^|=j====£jg= p==g^=g==g=^=^q=P==Ln=tn=t3: I]
J-a— ar-Fal— aj— ai-ai— al: ~a|— a—1— ai— ji-Fai— I —*- — ~*
fl ff~P
1
As we look that day up-on the old track, can we say that we have nev- er turned back,
That will be for us a won-der-ful day if toHim we have been faith-ful al-way,
And we'll sing with them a hap-pj new song of the bles3- ed Sav-iour all the daylong,
-A. .A. .A. .A. .A. .A.
A-h-A A * A 1* — 1* A —Hi A— hS- -A A A bj h|-
^=ffi=£=£===P=J £== :p=rtP:

I
fi h h P
-§" — *— i al— aT-Fai—

^5-th=^=i=5=feS=r=f="-—f
1 — f—= ^=^=== ^H
=:f -f i!
al at-
:
u u p
From the way of truth nor e - ven been slack toward the teachings of His Word, His word?
Just to live up there in glo - ry for aye, with the good,'the true and blest,the blest.
While His praises we shall ev -er pro-long while the a - ges there unfold,un-fold.
-A- -it- _ _ -it- -A- -A- _ -A.

h h h
-h ——
:t---t-_r-. -t:
* *- -A-
==
-
-P>— r
1 L, 1 1_-
t==i=§
Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes,'
At the End of the Day
Chorus.
fcsj:
Ajl A— §—
f+- A — (*— LRî*
y
A A —^-= ^
A- J
*B b fej p p
At the end of the day, at the set of the sun,
At the end of the day, at the set of the sun,
.a. >-b»-
_ -»_*:_-•: iutut F- •-;-#-
A— A — a F H -F sr -a *— ——
*
^5=3= :^=n=h- 3 -P=P=F
p u y
F-al— ah -hfi—aJ— a! — —al— —ai—3—f-r-|-hw— —J—»|—— ~

al al —
p P ^
When the Saviour calls His children a- way, will He say to us' ' Well done.well don e?'
t A A— [-A- A A A A 'A A A A A--\-F F F F -I
* ~~ k
P-^ Fgl— ^~W
LAjl A 5 —L1.
„
. A
Vm~ *
A_L3^__A . A A_F -J
h p r * ^
p" tf '
What a joy it will be when we meet in the air,
What a joy it will be . when we meet in the air,
± :•*: ?*: „ B B
*- *- a_
te 5=p=D=3z=:=P=P=n=3:
iEFt=E=E=ÊtEt=pE3
— 'P-P—
r-k— k 4 '
^^1.^0-^^^
—
--——— — ~— \— i
1
* »p- =-N— d M— — h« —« P —
i=?-=a)l=Z=E
T -•-
1
F -•-
-
fl
P P P
Go-ing home to live so hap- py and free, with the Saviour o -ver there.
o-ver there.
^=t — -F-- — —-— g—0—£— P——£—

*—^- p_ _
k-FF— f— •—«—-[=
_^
*
p p
Me
^
No. 128. Jesus is With
J. E. M. J. E. Marsh
,_JL_*_
z^z^zî±-^ztr-±-^-r^-^z :fcfc=
jzlI]
1, I have nothing now to fear. since ray Sav-iour is so near, And 1 know He'll
2. He will guide me, this
I know,ev-'rv-where that I mav go, And will ue'er al-
i^-trfc-3- ~t—
_A_ .A. .A.
-— C
-A-
1 — |
-A-
C
-A-
t-X
.A. _A-
t~_IZI|
.A-
1
k,
— "^"ZXiZZ-fc.
_A_
^Z~~l
zlk^zgzzgzzgzzzgzzz-zz: zzzztzzYzzzzzzzzzzzz^zz-xzz:. a:z:t=tp—pzzr =p=J
)zti?=^==I=^zi*=Fizz^:!zzi===zzr=:E^7=*z=W = :i =i-izr^z=:lz:3
guideme all a -long the way to g!o ry;That is
- why I sing and shout,
low my feet from Him to roam,no nev-er;Thatis why I'm hap- py now,
.A. .A. -A. .A. -A. .A. .a. A.
: 1
p.
9— 5=D—
A— 0A— \- m
_^-£_p_Lj zzzzzzz$z±zzzz-zzz J=a==^ = a— A A A
Y-±A A
£=t£=5=p=£=p==:r—
A
= J
1
Fine
_±it=*=i-tf-b*=Z=T^=pZZz:^zz=z^£:i
tzzzhzzzbzzzti-^-*-
tell the story all a -bout. How He saves and keeps each day, each pass-ing day.
light of love is on my bro\v. And with His I'm go - inghomej'm go -inghome.
D. S. See my Sav-iour face to face, yes, face to face.

Chorus
4>-
«"?
< y y k i/
I'm so won^drous-ly hap-py,

I'm so hap-py now, so won-drous-ly hap-py, here to know
Ob, I'm so hap - pv now,
#— F* * * A — * — * — * — r* — * — — '
— 1 '
:=*- :*=S=^
"I "5 A * £
UU-^
.„.
_^zz^=rcz-:-
l-ni— x—
y . v w y
^
-5
That Je -sus is with me ev - 'ry day,
-
Je -sus now is with me ev 'ry day, yes, ev -'ry day,
He is with me
Copyright, 1949. by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes

Jesus is With Me
W £*—S =tfE=q*=&— -i=£_^_ 1=55 i_M p « • P—

p p "p p P ? U P p P
Yes, He is walk - ingclose-ly be -side me,
He is ev - er walk-ingclose-lv be -side me, here be -low,
_A_ .A. _A_ .A. -A- -It- -»- -A-
Sj
-—
^
- -
C* £ A £ A *
-A ±
A- 14
-
*— E A A
,— pz=:i
— — — a—
I 1
«
j
t?— 3
=f3=q
— -I—f-
• -
-i- i C — »i-i—h — al— S • — -al—
L =j
Li
To com-fort and cheer me as I trav-el on my way, yes, on my way
.^P_g=tfc-idzpzzp—pzzp=p
— p a ^— U-P — ^ J
p-
p p -p p p ; p p p P
Je - sus nev-er will fail me,
to glo-ry; Je - sus,bless-ed Je -sus nev- er will fail me, now I see,
A
:
_A
.L_j —L=H-cgzi--L=t==p
-A- -A A- -•- -»
—
-^^=5— I
A
zc F=5=e=P=g=P"
A A- — -A A
=5"C 5=P=*=P=P
h* * t==i
I
—
-P-C-&
JU—h ''D—
A — £ — w — ± — F—
>4*
—E^r^z^zr^zjÊ^_^_^pz=p±j 1 Fai
-I-
a- :
_p s -I
' i
1
1 1
rz fc i» ,p
1/ j/
*"
p U- y y P • Li
While trav-el -mg to thatheav-en- ly place,

While I'mtrav'ling to thatheav-en- ly place,that heav'nly place,
—
ii— — _# #-5-h — — •—
_A_ .A. .A- 3-. -A- A. . v. H .^. .a. .A. -A.
p=p=0=i -pzfa=^-g=a
p •
to-^=
r
;
1
i
»
D.S.
,_A_
— — A-
—A — -ft r -P -^:
,s
— |
K -A -
:^5=*=i
—A
— 1 I
1 1
ti J V P P •
U
=*-
-rf
P p t^
:pz: p_
^ ^ i* —^— ^~
Where satan's hand willnev-er as-sail me, When I shall
Where satan's hand of sin anddcath willnev-er as-sail me, vie- to-ry,
_ —# -A- .A. .A. .A. -A.
— A.
__B_B_B m. — -A- .A. -A- .A.
t
— t— — —g— — —§
1 1
~-
cSfd*" ~" crr2~*~t £= q b d~ o~j~lA A ~n
No. 129. The Resurrection Morning
Arr. from A. S. Kieffer John M Dye
!4i
=N z:
=
^=^^=h=P=P=z^=hz
K:F^-^-=t5 = 5=$ = i--^-j:F33
_=:^_zz :*^=itz
£ s=a
1. On the res - ur - rec -tion morn-ing, we will see our Sav-ionr com-ing,
2. Now by faith we can dis - cov - er that our war-fare'll soon be - ver,
g>=!=5=t^
And thesaints all shout-ing glo - ry to the Lord, hal - le - lu - jab!
And we'll short-ly hail each oth - er on that shore, hap - py shore;
—
P\ IN
—
1
-4— r A A-
——
:?—-p=p:
-P
-
-
n - \-» 0-
=1
EP=J
_&_,_&_£_&_&-
_^: -H
-j —»— ~ &
— !- — A —
\-A J £& ---h-
Then we'llfeel the ad-vent glo - ry, while the vis - ion seems to tar ry,
Then we'll tell the pleas-ing sto-ry,when we meet up there in glo ry.
m— r A —— ————
a 1a a a a * a_ a — — — — -k-
:t"
-k-
:t:
-k-
t:
-k-
t:
-k-
^P— — W—
v-^
kbfc :
—*—*—ty—p=Ep—?—&=$!=&: =p:
v \>
-** _ k
b
—— k
b
«
r
]
We will com-fort one an - oth - er with His Word, Ho - ly word.

And we'll crown our Sav-iour King for - ev - er - more, ev - er - more.
h h in *
l~
.
~v~-
Chorus.
_£ ^_4i ,
-^ i£-iErEfE|
Hal - le-lu-jahl hal - le - lu - jah!

We shall rise, we shall rise,
On the res- ur -rec-tion morning, when the trump of God is sound-ins,
-£_:£- ^_^__h_^>.
:_l_0 — • • — — D_4Lf-_*:_ r _r^__0_^ — ——— • •
JL^t-
0—Y-0 0—\-0 • i
-l-
Weshallrise, we shall rise
"
The Resurrection Morning
We see our Sav- iour com- ing when He the east- era skies.
— -F—zZUXa—t— —
will splits
* A—;":.
•
»
_» t2A
f^ . A— P A—,
y-~
— —
:
-a
y
—
— *— — —
1
•
h»
F9
L- 9
-
»-
9~-
•
-Tp-d- — — — — j -*—
F» * » 1 «-[ -— w~-
j
1
We shall rise with ju - bi la -tion,when He wakes each sleeping na-tion,
Hal - le-la-jah! hal - le - In -jah!
b r^
4 A
gdE|E=E=:
We shall rise, shall rise,
On the res - ur
—j—5
- rec-tion morn -ing
— * ^ ^
we
^
all
i
rise,
-v
we
PP
U
shall
i
rise.
h
-—— P r -— P P H-
g=g—
— |—
1
-#
Ull^fc-zFg— g==:g=g:
'£—p p g
—— ——
g 5- P g P
CODA
,
j
-A A A—
V
gj
J t
Hal - le-!u-jah! hal - le - lu - jah!
We shall all go up to meetHim,and with joy we'll glad- ly greetHim,
-^ tT
- s K r» h •
h J^ ^ jh
— — h h .
h k p
-
1# — h_i
J)
9
A ; p j
£* !
s
a 4l
— P_*l_
^_3
A—
|—
-W—
~-i
si;
-A 1
fe
p * A — f-A A * 1* «
On the res - ur - rec -tion morn-ing we shall rise, we shall rise.
-•- ajc- * -£- -i»- -f*- -- --< $- £ -p- -f- & 41 -w- -^
No. 130. Heaven Will be a Happy Place
Rev. Rupert Cravens John E. Hull
^-
f** -9-
r -w
1. Heav-en will be a hap- py place. Home of glo - ry fair, so fair,
2. Heav-en will be a hap -
py place, 'Twill be our re -ward, re -ward,
3. Heav-en will be a hap -
py place, Soon we'll crossthe tide, the tide;
All who are saved by Je sus' blood Have a

- man-sion there,up there;
Ours for the years of la bor here, Serv-ingChrist the Lord, the Lord,
-
Je - sus will bid us wel-come there, Gates will o -pen wide, so wide,
—^-t —t— — —^- — —^_^:_> s r

« * *> - d.
Beck-'ning to us, our Sav-iour dear Bids us press a - long, a - long,

Press ye a - long with tho'ts oi home, Soon the gates we'll see, we'll see,
Safe with redeemed ones we shall be. With such love to share, to share,
— —3=S=S
— — A « L* * n& — L AI
— g A
By His grace we'll reach the goal, - ver -come the wrong, the wrong.
Glo ry waits up
- there I know, Just for you and me, and me.
Shout- ing glo - ry ev - er -more, Glad and hap - py there, up there.
Chords.
-— — F* — * — h* — *i
* — — [- — —*
Heav'nwill be a hap -
py place, the New
Yes,Heav'n will be a hap - py place, the New Je - ru - sa -
y _
m
^-| L
Copyright, 1949, by
i
v ——
James
i- i L|
y— — ——
i
D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

p~ L
* y t"
Heaven Will be a Happy Place
jtftz^ L4=d=^r===ri=zi=:=zj==j=p1zz4
H=ri=j,z_:
sweet home of love, skies will ring with shouts of
lem of love, The skies will ring with shouts of
jse 4 4 -
6
>&z-i _-=-=H==g_î__E ^ — — F*
praise when we reach courts a - bove: Then

praise when we shall reach the courts a - bove;
1
v. '
i m X #
j lz -*; 1 » Y*z 4
U
'
^
P P P J
in the pre-cious glo - ry light we'll meet the ones that
In the pre-cious glo - ry light we'll meet
«.? « «_ r « # c p_ J
ntzlszr.^:
S±=£=: £ 1*
—
~9rfr —a >• — ri 1 1
vs — r~l 1
1
1
— ri-
ss
v r — *_c,
,*—
t- A _r, b
— * t.
»
y
we have known, We'll be hap -
py, glad and
the ones we've kuown, Be so hap -
py, glad and
g»— -
fc
j- -
...
- r-k
:*:
It
:f:
k
£
r-fc
:*:
k
t> p p +v r
er round the throne, a - round the throne.
-t— k k_
fc •^
n
s-p— *— p=zzr?
No. 131. Praising Him
Adger M. Pace J. M. Dixon
Broth-er,what a hap - py sto -ry, yon-der in the heav'nly glo -ry

Soon we shall be there and singing,with them hap -py trib - utes bringing
Mil-lions will be there re- joic- ing,prais - es to the Saviour voic-ins,
.4-*— A —— A
* — •-
*
A -A
I
*
f — J
» • ;
A A
;-
—
•- -,
AA_
1
\» —— f —
A-A —I*- A A A A A Ia A A A 1* A *
-k-P --ft— M^-r-ft-g-q—

^tzg^z^pzl
1— tJ-î-tr-^— J—
Loved ones now are wait-ing you and me, yes, they are wait-ing for us;
Un - to our Re-deem-er.Lord and King, un to the Sav-iour bring-ing;
While He sits up - on His Rov -al throne, there on His throne in glo -rv;
•—-r
Sometimes I am oh,so near them, seems that I can al-most hear them,
Sing-ing by the crys-tal riv - er, shout-ing hal •
le - lu - jahs ev - er,
There in God's e ter - nal heaven, crowns will un to us be giv - en,
Prais-ing Christ theLamb of Cal - va - rv, prais-ing the Lamb of Cal-v'ry.

Praise Him while the bells of heaven ring, while all the bells are ring-ing.
Giv - en un - to all His loved and own,praise to His name for - ev er. -
h 1
kj a F F * V» # • =—— • g •—
Hb
r-
Chorus.
- A Al- iEEzzE
' A — \-A £i-
-
'"« m «-
-k-
j ^
3r 5 b y u b y
b
Praise Him, praise Him,
Praise Him, what a hap -
py sto - ry, praise Him for His grace and glo - ry,
h fe Ps P h n h
h k jl «L jL "A- .41 ?1 A
-4^_4u4l-J.L--D-
m
J> ,
rs
1 p--&-r-
;- »
—a
•
—a-—
• * #
- *^F* r=
~
V J
Praising Him
— ?= ~=1
F— >
™ "
1.9- A A r-~ 1
A 1
m F— S« _ = A
Je-sus, heaven's King whom we a - dore.Him we a - dore.for - ev - er;
.> :%-£-
a~ :»: :jj: a a- -
i
1 CIA 1
M
0^
—5 » t
-I
ztnhzzzt p fc=S=:fc==S:
1
<9—
arrri t " El p * i
-y y— l
r±zc±==j:
-A Fa ^ S^t£q
CF #_
v * (• f. F P U I
5
P j
I
tf b
Laud Him, Him, laud
Laud Him, for He is our Sav-iour, laud Him, for His love and fa - vor,
r>": i fa ft f> r> P h
^*P — a— ^-— = =:==:

*~ F* A~
'
— —— * —
-fe—
-N — -
fe— — P»— 45
M — h-r-+-^
I— —
-i— -^
—A A A -^ 1
.
rr
Give Him high-est praise for- ev - er-more, praise to His name for - ev - er
_ m —— m —
-xi—t—^—^—^—
--Q—?~g~^z
Coda.
Urn
h
m m H <a
m
^
3^
•&— A
:e ft ———
* * 5 •.
•—?—m
j
—
w p * i
»:-\ $ t p
Glo - ry, glo - ry,
Glo - ry, what a great sal • va - tion, glo - ry, 'tis for ev 'ry na-tion,
r-.—^-A
kn^nDJ—^ d-.M-Jl-M—4
ft— &-J* -P r
r> ! ^ ^ h h
aL_a'_a_,
P h
WP a A- 3*~F A A~ — " — *
;
~
Jz D r~ --— --P
^ A A A F F
.. A A
» —
trf-t-0
Glo - ry, glo -ry.
Glo - ry, for the whole ere- a -tion, glo • ry, hal le • lu • jah, glo ry.
iA- i JL _ J8.
Phi -*
fc ^ P
-*
h h h
>.
A — — —-—A »
»
_*L J? jl jsL ^: .*.
-A
_p_ to ::p=
No. 132. Heaven is the Place for Me
Rev. Rupert Cravens Adger M. Pace
Slow swing
=?=*=fe*=fe?=-teE* -fe—
- 3
-t—.;— ^— :.— J—-* •-•-q,— #-tn— i.—^ ——— ^ ^
1. Heav-en is the place for all God's chil-dren when they leave
of this
2. All the saints of old, when toil -ins; was end - ed, went a way to
3. Je - sus has pre-pared a place for the faith -ful in the New Je-
-j— * * * * * * * , fc Us
:.— :.— *-:.— i.—^— *-^— • h— ?-

world be - low, be - low Here there is y no home, no
e - ter -nal, cit -
be at rest, at rest, A bra -ham thru faith be-held the bright Cit-y,
ru sa - lem, praise Him, Where we all shall meet be-yondthe last sun-set
-£a-
—OZT-y
U 55 P fcj V
[
where thestream of life doth flow, doth flow; There's a Cit - y wait - ing,
build - ed the good and blest, the blest;
for Mo - ses and • E
li - jah,
and shall walk and talk with Him, with Him; Wait - ing there will be our
"
-^-^ Zfe - jg — a p»
-?-!
God her Mak - er, built for
is all the pure and free, the free,
trust - ing and faith-ful. heav-en's great rp - ward could see, could see,
fa - thers and moth-ers,broth-ers, sis - ters too we'll see, we'll see,
———— :f:
*
tk_
*
g
:?:
*
zP . '.+
* — r|
p — pie-- k
*. k.
'
_*.
'
>.
'
k
_k_
1
k
*
k
— -^- ,
P
—
a
fp^P b> -F fc
—^—i—-SK--4- ~fc
Heav - en the place, broth - er, heav - en the place for
—* a— -« * -if
a _::L_^=_.:t__f
:?izzzt
Copyright, 1949, bv James I). Vaujjhan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.''

Heaven is the Place for Me
_^ Fine. Chokus.
me, it is the place for me. Oh, glo - ry, Heav-en is the place for
-
»- - — — — -- -t w zlz.. 25 >* _ :
£' . r it
>_^_== — i:«_z«zz> — — — —g » p # 1 —_ _.
8
Tj___j. qj—rj— H—rj—h—b ! — —r— :
me, the place for me, Heav-en is the place for me, the place for me,
-*- -*- -- - -r- -#- — -•-
H P ? 3 I
When my day is done, be - yond the set - ting sun, E-
Suffi — *— — * — h —— fc"
— ——— — —
———
g 1
9 m w =; j gg — ^
— ——— —
—
ffir—w 1
a[
- 5<« 3 ^ 3 3 m # ~ _ 5^ • '
ter - nal glo - ries I shall see, shall see; In my heart I'm longing,
I --1—3—1-
- :y__z?=?_zbi=i_=t5Z=t:
~
-A
V J r 9 #$'##
D.S.
^=^=SJ=^^g=^=B=^=====3]
===j==fc==^l=gt=sft=g==j=j=$g== =B
long - ing for Je - sus and the glad e - ter - ni - ty, to be,
^ &»>-
ifc-
;•:
a —V 1
...
*
-
_»>.
il
k
^.
!.
$
>.
1:
$
>.
$
.*_
|:
9
A
,
£
-
*t
I
_P_f_.
No. 133. The Dearest Friend to Me
Fay VVallington Mr. and Mrs. Benton McDaniel
-&
^=$i-J=t—^-=^-^=^
A A J
Oh, the joy I have in giv-ing light to oth- ers while I'm liv - ing,
Now the way is grow-ing bright-er and my bur-dens seem much light-er,
Serv-ing Him is such a pleas- ure, in my heart His love I treas-ure,
tZ ——
A-
ft
-A-
:fc_ r * —— • #_
P=3
:$
——————
£ 5 v i »
Since the Lord came in and set me free, since He set me free;
m * a>
»
i
— »
I
»
— m.
j
#—
_« * X *1
,
k_ * — •-
t:
V V J U !^J
-^±-
- — — — ^—
-
LA A A A A f A A J
Ev - 'ry day He walks be -side me, with His hand of love He'll gnide me,
To the lost I love to show Him. for I want the world to know Him,
That is why I love to tell it, wich a song of praise I'll swell it.
-A- -A- -A- -A-
_S
-A- -A-
—tt:=f:=J=A-
_« :t,-— F p « m
A =ts=fs-b=^=:A
A = —— — — «_ m.
k
\
:=t2=D-Friz=ri=t=il3=:B=T S=d=^=J
S. Praising Him for grace and glo ry and 'twill be the sweet old sto - ry,
Fine. Chorus
:=^=^=^— ±=zj:
He's the
±==5:
dear -est Friend
:53:
to me, Friend to
1ES
me.
He the
hi
4— J> 1 §
— fF»— — =~^——
n-
s^-y— J

The Dearest Friend to Me
h
-^-^-^-^-^=z^-E-r-_fi-^zi:±=^z_^z
' P u
J J y P
No one like Him in earth orheav'ncan ev - er be,
No one like Him can ev er be,
v «
X „ * *
IN IN IN
;- :- ;-
-P-
-\p
-P-
j f> :p-_
jj rF* w g * «- r| a j~~
r ;
-=1—
=£=P-fe= •
=i=»=fl FTzfrpdgs=:— — z=:=izd

He saved my soul and made me whole,
He saved my soul and made me whole,
P---
Now 1 am head ed for the goal;

Now I am head-ed, I am head- ed for the goal;
f:
* P 1 :- .,
z ^— S =5
- b* b 1
f L* i
.>_&__&.
^|=EEg=gEÊ^^ÊE=feSEfeE^=a
And when at last His face I see,
When in heav'n at last His dear face I see,
_ m - „ _ - _ -_:î_- B -_^"' *_
D.S.
:^===z=^=^=^=^:B=—
_ — P — *- £3
-A
Lj b P U b
I'llraiseasong of ju-bi-lee;
I will raise a song of ju-bi-lee, of ju - bi -lee, for-ev- er;
_*_#_£*. *=£*
"-^-S S_A__S__»- .
£=^ — p=b=> # — »— f —
NDEX
No. No.
A Friend to Depend On 42 Jesus Lead the Way Home 94
Almost Persuaded '.'
65 Jesus, Our Truest Friend 44
Amazing Grace 87 Jesus Paid It All : 67
Amazing Grace has Lifted Me 24 Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me 103
America 91 Jesus Whispered Peace to Me 50
Anchored To The Rock S Just a Closer Walk with Thee 35
Arlington 89 Just As I Am 105
Asleep In Jesus 85
Keep Looking Up 124
At the End of the Day 12 7
104 Keep Us in Thy Care 90
Awake, Ye Christian Workers
Bethany 93 Lead Me Shepherd 27
37 Let Me Walk with Thee 54
Bevond the Gates ^
Let Your Light Shine for Jesus 45
Blest Be the Tie 75
Light is Shining Around Me 126
Bring Your Empty Cup 121
117 Look Away to Christ 80
Building on the Rock
Lord, I'm Coming Home 61
Come Ye Out From the World 60 Lord, Keep the Gates Open 108
Coming Home Precious Lord 11 Lord, Show Me the Way 110
Communion With God 41 Love Abides in My Soul 8
Down Deep In My Soul ....'. 82 My Faith Looks Up to Thee 107

Me 79
My Guiding Light In F. Cover
Enough for
My Mansion in Heaven 30
Follow the Master IS
Oh, What Must It Be Up There 20
Gathering Buds 51 On that Hallelujah Morn 116
Get Aboard the Gospel Train 16 Only Trust Him 57
Give God Your Life • 66 Over the Stars 125
Give Me Oil in my Lamp
'.
99 Over the Top for Jesus '.

56
Glory Awaits 102
In. B. Cover
Pass Me Not 77
Glory Hallelujah Praise His Holy Name 123
Glory to His Name 63
Praising Him 131
God is Present Everywhere 83
Pray, Pray. Pray 49
God Plans the Best for Me 31
Precious Story 74
God Will Bring Justice 96
Gospel Echoes 1 Rejoice! A Saviour Is Born 4
Rest in Peace 101
Hallelujah! Be There I'll US Rest on the Other Side 38
He Keeps Me by His Love 52
Rock of Ages 97
He Will Meet Us in Prayer 12
He Whispered Peace to Me 36 Satisfied With Jesus 9
Heaven is the Place for Me 132 Saving Love Divine 64
Heaven's My Home 69 Sinner, Come to Jesus 48
Heaven Will be a Happy Place 130
109 Take a Little Time 114
Holy Ghost with Light Divine
How Sweet the Name of Jesus 95 Tell It Everywhere You Go 47
That's Why I Shout and Sing Pref. Page
I Am Going Home 17 The City Coming Down 72
I Am Going There 18 The City of Light 88
I Am Thinking of Heaven 7 The Dearest Friend to Me 133
I Feel Like Traveling On 29 The Home of the Soul 14
I Hear Thy Welcome Voice 53 The Love of Jesus 106
I Need the Prayers 59 The Meet'ng Grand 92
I Love My Lord 2 The Resurrection Morning 129
I Shall Be At Home with Jesus 39 The Way My Saviour Trod 115
I Shall Reach Home 73 There's a Home for Me in Heaven 26
I Want to Go There 40 There is a Fountain 71
I Want to Keep His Glory on my Soul. . . Ill There is Glory in My Soul 23
I Will GatherThem In 70 Time Rolls On 3
If We Had No Jesus 33 Travel on For the Master 113
I'll Be Singing 62 Traveling With Jesus 34
I'll Wing My Way with Jesus 76 'Twill Not Be Long 6
I'm Getting Ready for Home 112
I'm Going Home to Glory Land 46 We Shall Go Home 119
I'm On the Gospel Highway 21
We Shall Live in Heaven 58
I'm Ready to Go Home 120
We Shall Meet Again 68
We'll Have a Home in Glory 28
In City Above
the 100
Is He
Building a Mansion For You?.... 32
We'll Live with Him in Heaven 78
I've Found the Road Home
We're a Happy Band 10
86
What a Friend We Have in Jesus 43
Jesus is All to Me 13 What a Wonderful Time 122
Jesus is Keeping Me 19 When have Anchored
1 in Heaven 98
lesus Is My Light 84 Where He Leads Me 81
Jesus is With Me 128 Whiter Than Snow 55
Jesus Leads the Way 22 Whosoever Means Me 25
Glory Hallelujah
Adger M. Pace Minzo C. Jones
^Z4^zz±=s~ =z=r—:^=^=qipj=j^r±=q=— pj==fc-:t5=—
1. Christ in His mer-cy came un to me, Bringing the joy so Ions I had craTed;
2.Thereis no other Friend such as He, None other could have died in ourplace;
3. Njw He is plead-ing with God a-bove, Pleading for youandpleading for me;
M-bm-
(-.-^r-A A A A 1 \-<
——+-— —— -|- * A A * ! h
:-=p=p:
Now thru His grace the light I can see, Praise to His name I'm now sweetly saved.
I am so glad He did it for me. Glad that He did it for all tie race.
And if we're med and trust in His lo?e.S miehap-py day His face we shall see.
— * A * >--
——
——
afc
v— j - v —y
'. 1
L*
J
— fe-
-s
Chorus
—^=f=^==±=f=fa
*- £_-
j
GJo ry He saved me,

Oh, glo -ry, yes, glo - ry He saved me, ha\ - le - lu -jah!
•*-
ft ft ^ r^
_t-_r-
-V-3— 5 - 5
fer —_,_3_ ~ kV _ -V
fc fc _f 3 -=<-
£-- &-
-4J p_ 44 £ S s-
fy-r-l 3
i
Oh, praise Him, He saved and set me tree:
Saved and set me free, what a Sav -iour;
{£:-* —* — — *~ *
F~
i^ziia l=S
. _J U
y — y-
UJ C_
v
fe==:^S=3zSEr^rizr^teS4z^=^^J
G-f -a-s*^-s»-Fi—«— » — *— — l-;-Fi— »— z^— ° -
1-b zzz fl
Soon I am go -ing with Him to stay, Then with ttasaints Tllpraise Him for aye.
^ m. km. „. ^ fe £—
...
— —F- — —
...
m — — —>_ h*_: =—
k
r
_- pl_
— zti-^-p*— *_^zzj=-p:
'
t a a a -i—
—g=g — u— fc_p —*—
i i* i
tj* ifc-— i i
^9-t— ^ -jZ *:
Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughao, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

Millions of Vaughan Song Books have
been sold and are being sold through-
out America and many other nations*
TITLES OF BOOKS
Gospel Echoes (1949)
Harmony Bells (1949) Gospel Glory (1948)
Majestic Melodies (1948) Heaven's Gift (1947)
Perfect Hearts (1947) Silver Trumpet (1946)
Golden Hours (1946) Honored Guest (1945)
Blissful Showers (1945) Paradise Garden (1944)
Boundless Love (1944) Dawning Light (1943)
Sacred Thoughts (1943) Gospel Leader (1942)
Crowning Glory (1942) Singing Star (1941)
Joy DiVine (1941) Crowning Harmony (1948)
Heaven's Hallelujahs (1939) Beautiful Praise (1940)
Happy Praises (1938) Gospel Choruses (1939)
New Temple Bells (1938) Hallelujah Voices (1937)
Harmony Heaven (1935) New Gospel Voices (1933)
Millennial Praise (1927) Highest Hosannas (1928)
The above popular books are admirably adapted to the
needs of the Sunday School and all kinds of religious work.
They are furnished in shaped notes at uniform prices. The
price of each book is 35c a copy, or $3.60 a dozen, post-
paid anywhere in U.S.A. Please order books by name.
VAUGHAN'S SELECT RADIO SPECIALS
iswhat the name implies. Out of the thousands of fine songs
published by James D. Vaughan in the last ten years, the
songs in "Vaughan's Select Radio Specials" are the cream
of them all. Every singing aggregation needs quartets, trios,
duets and solos of selected gospel songs. The kind which
carry a message of love, hope and happiness, with melodies
and harmony suited to make them "Happy Hitters."
Price 50c a copy; $5.00 a dozen, postpaid anywhere in U.S.A.
GREAT GOSPEL SONGS AND HYMNS
Great Gospel Songs and Hymns is one of the most com-
plete church and revival books ever published. It contains
more than 300 carefully selected songs for all departments of
the church. Scores of the favorite, nationally known church
songs, many of the best songs from all southern publishers
and the greatest number of special songs ever found in one
book. Write for complete index.
Shaped notes only. Prices: Limp Binding, 45c a copy;
$4.50 a dozen; $16.00 per 50; $30.00 per 100.
Cloth Board, 75c a copy; $7.00 a dozen; $27.50 per 50;
$50.00 per 100, postpaid anywhere in U.S.A.
Address all orders to
JAMES D. VAUGHAN
MUSIC PUBLISHER
Lawrenceburg, Tenn.

Gospel Echoes PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gospel Echoes PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

'

1. As 1 trav- el on my way to the land of per -feet day, There's a

t—W- - F —-V— — -»-

. _az:gtzji |azx izqszz a zzzatzzIszziiz: 3Ef£ :p

see, I shall see. There s light, bless-ed light, From the

Copyright. 1949. by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'*

Chas. W. Vaughan James D. Walbert Rev. Rupert Cravens

fcg4i3=-= =i2=t2=t2== "-ppz=t:==fe==:*--»z==^_fo:

lzti=r»z£tz=!*=ir^^: |-IA A— — ifc—

dear-estFriend,on Him I can de-pend, That's why I shout and

sins. shout and sing.

..._* «,'__* ;t:

Copyright. 1949, by James D. Vaughan. Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

And shall join us on that day when He is crowned, He

Gos-pel ech -oes keep on ring -ing,

Copyright, 1949. by James D. V ughan. Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes."

Oh, I love Him, bless His name! To my heart

p=p=p:zzEt = p=:p7 =:p— tt===t3=Et2=pt=t3=r=p—

came, While He gen - tly knocked, I

1. We're young just once and we then grow old,

Like flow'rs.,we bloom and so soon we fold,

While some are sigh- ing and

-#-#— F» — — — — •— — "— - — — "— r

soon be gone, It seems our stay here is but a day,

Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes

-^ — ^ -"—!-!- — — — [-^ 2—^- — b»~ — !

Copyright. 1949. by James D. Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes.'

In a world that's drear-y, dark and cold; I've a hope that is se -

n=h=± .—J— ±_.

cure, it will ev - er-more en dure, Tis an an - chor that will

Vaughan Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

1. I'm on my way to glo - ry land,

y y 'v. '> V -i- •

A}— E— m— »-H— p — ^~ '— g

see my blessed King, And with that host

&4l .Jl. _D _|_ . ....

-P^j ^— • — S> »-[

wait, I soon shall en ter heaven's gate;

U> :. ^-^-=g=^P"g=P=y-g-^-!?zfA— a— * =& Z£Z£|

—- —N —P— — _ — JXp — v — *— r*-—

The beau-ti -ful home of redeemed oues,sweet heaven so wondrous- iy fair.

There we Je Saviour and Him

^^^-^-^-^-^^-^^q^^zz^t- :=& —r-h—fi-^—h—

when He set me free, Step

-0-i-£— -I -&- -D— ft

Copyright, 1949, by James D. Vaughan, Music Publisher in "Gospel Echoes.

Hap- py Chris-tian band, hap -py sing -ing band,

ByL_r__ — — v. fV-is— — F- pH-T \w- 1

Copyright. 19-19. by James D, Vaughan, Music Publisher, in "Gospel Echoes."

^-trt-i— - —r *jA ^---.>- --<

A A — _ —a „--- m — _ —Pm a — *--»— r* III

ijz^zzazzEzz^zz. p— i:zzpzzSzfrz3zzfrzz*zzpzb zzzzzzzzd

fizzlzll :pzz~fezzz^ izzzzzc

_gJ3ZpZ=t2=bz—^— pZZpZZAZZ-_SZZZA' rizzi:

1. To the Lord in prayer we all should go, For He knows a-

pLj/_£5i"S' a a a t|s: X- t|zs3_jjsrz Js Is a_:

bout our ev - 'ry care;There is no one else who loves us so,

-E— P—M— 9k— rf2s- -«--ak— -« T

He will nev - er fail to meet us there. Je - sus is our Saviour

all the way, He will meet us at the place of prayer;He's a gen-tle

now | am »lad and iree thru His love; He my

Je - sus has set me free from my sin; Washed

.HE-A A a ^ i*_LA A 3 S £--w-

—- —N —P— — _ — JXp — v — — r-—

A A — _ —a „--- m — _ —Pm a — --»— r III

H 1— f-H— h— rx— nl— r

q5r|i±=sz2?=K = I* = — •_-~i-_-szd=;=U~'=ZA =:!;=J= J